New Resources @ WCC Library: 2024

Hawaii's Community Cookbook Hawai'i's Community Cookbook has over 600 delicious recipes from the islands' most treasured community cookbooks. Back in the day, most cooks did not keep written recipes. The community cookbook became a way to preserve culinary and cultural traditions from generation to generation. As more people arrived in the islands from other countries, they became neighbors and generously shared their food with each other. The cookbooks they compiled reflected Hawai'i's diverse communities and how different cuisines were melded. Some cookbooks were a proud statement of heritage. Some spread the mission for organizations of every type--schools, business groups, civic groups, churches, quilting guilds, choirs, hospitals, and more. This anthology of recipes, selected from fifty community cookbooks, invites the home cook to a statewide potluck with an abundance of personality. There are "old-fashioned" recipes that are popular again, like popovers and made-from-scratch breads and biscuits, chutneys and jams. There are neighborhood favorites like Chicken Hekka, Coconut Fish, and Pulehu Ribs and recipes for quick, easy-to-make meals like Beef Tomato, Mochiko Chicken, and Saimin. Salads, vegetable dishes, pūpū, and desserts use island ingredients like 'ulu (breadfruit), taro, 'ōhelo berries, liliko'i, and more.

Kaiona Guides the Lost by Gabrielle Ahulii; Jing Jing Tsong (Illustrator) The seventh title in the HawaiianLegends for Little Ones series,Kaiona Guides the Lost introduceskids ages 0-4 to one of Hawai'i'slesser-known dieties, Kaiona of theWai'anae Mountains.In simple, poetic language, thisorigin story gives small kids a tasteof Hawai'i's rich history of storytelling.Kaiona is a goddess who liveson the peak of Ka'ala, the tallestmountain on O'ahu. Along withher companions, the native birds ofthe forest and shore, she watchesover travelers and ensures that theymake their way home safely.

Lahaina Yesterdays by Mutual Publishing Before the twentieth century, Lahaina was home to Hawaiian royalty, whaling ships, missionaries, plantation workers, and travelers. Many cultural landmarks harkened back to the time of Kamehameha I; the days of whalers and sailors; the arrival of missionaries; the rise of sugar plantations and the arrival of plantation workers from China, Japan, Korea, and Portugal; World War II; and the growing tourism industry that kept Front Street alive with restaurants, art galleries, and shops.Lahaina Yesterdays looks back at the town's history through its landmarks and landscapes. Early drawings of Lahaina Missionary Seminary and views of the coastline show the harbor's evolution into a bustling seaport. Early photos of Front Street show horse-drawn carriages, the old courthouse, and the Pioneer Mill and Inn. There are portraits of leading figures in Lahaina's history as well as residents from the turn of the twentieth century. The buildings constructed by Hawaiian monarchy, missionaries, and businessmen such as the U.S. Seaman's Hospital, the Masters' Reading Room, and The Pioneer Inn illustrate the governance, industriousness, and community of those who shaped Lahaina.On August 8, 2023, many of these historically significant structures were destroyed or damaged by the nation's deadliest wildfire in over a century. Thousands of residents who kept Lahaina a quiet, yet active seaside town full of music, food, art, and culture lost their homes, loved ones, and livelihoods. Although many structures were lost, they are sure to be rebuilt and will never be forgotten.

Lea Goddess of Canoe Builders by Gabrielle Ahulii; Jing Jing Tsong (Illustrator) The eighth title in the HawaiianLegends for Little Ones series, LeaGoddess of Canoe Builders introduceskids ages 0-4 to one of Hawai'i's lesser-known dieties, Lea.In simple, poetic language, thisorigin story gives small kids a tasteof Hawai'i's rich history of storytelling.Lea, the goddess of canoe builders,lives in the forest but will oftenfly over the shore, keeping an eyeon the many canoes she has helpedcarvers create. As an 'elepaio bird,she guides carvers to the greatesttrees in the forest and makes suretheir wa'a are steady and strong.

Leilani Blessed and Grateful by Greg Bowman; Alan Suemori; Jamie Tablason (Illustrator) During a school field trip to 'Iolani Palace, Leilani learns about King Kal¿kaua and Queen Kapi'olani's enduring legacy of support for the Hawaiian people. Leilani is filled with gratitude. After falling asleep that night, she wakes to find herself back in old Hawai'i with Queen Kap'iolani who takes her on a short tour of Honolulu. Leilani gains a greater appreciation for the way Hawai'i was and still is today due to the King and Queen's contributions, protections, and stewardship.Leilani Blessed and Grateful is Hawai'i's 2022 selection for the Library of Congress' Great Reads from Great Places program.

Once upon Hawaii by Patricia McLean; Scott Goto (Illustrator) A story that introduces kids to the early voyaging Polynesians who set out to find distant land and found the islands of Hawai'i.As the villagers stock their canoes, three animals: a pig, a dog, and a chicken, declare how important they are to such a big journey and how they can help.The dog exclaims that he's the best paddler. The chicken declares she is the best navigator. The pig announces he can steer the best.Meanwhile, a little gecko becomes an accidental stowaway and finds himself tucked away inside the canoe. He's not ready for such a big journey and can't understand how he got into this situation.As the voyage begins, they sail smoothly along until one day, the clouds come, the wind blows, and the waves start to churn.The dog, the chicken, and the pig are all seasick and unable to help the crew. The stowaway gecko, however, is not seasick. He gathers his courage and decides he is the one who can help them out of the storm.With a brave heart, the gecko leads the canoes to land in his half-shell coconut proving that even a little gecko can help when help is needed.

Princess Ruth Ke'elikōlani by Kristin Zambucka This pictorial biography is a colorful account of the life and times of the controversial Princess Ruth Ke'elikolani (1826-1883), one of the last chiefesses of old Hawai'i. Larger than life, towering at six feet tall and weighing over 400 pounds, she could be demanding of those around her yet also deeply loving and generous. Ruth never left the islands throughout her life-Hawai'i was her world-and she stubbornly clung to the old Hawaiian ways ignoring the missionaries and their growing influence. Princess Ruth's life was mired in controversy and pain. Although she was often called "The Last of The Kamehamehas" and was undoubtedly born of high chiefly lineage, her direct descent from Kamehameha the Great through Pauahi, her mother's line, has long been debated. Ruth experienced numerous, heart-breaking losses as many of her loved ones died early-her mother, first husband, and sons. From correspondences between Ruth and her contemporaries and family, court records of her divorce from Isaac Young Davis, and first-person accounts that include saving the town of Hilo from the lava flow of 1881, Zambucka paints a picture of a woman who stood strong during a tumultuous time of change in Hawai'i.

Sam Choy's Ulu Cookbook by Sam Choy; Gay Wong; Hawaii Ulu Cooperative (As told to) Chef Sam Choy had his first bite of 'ulu as a child growing up in Lā'ie, on O'ahu's North Shore, in a neighborhood where everyone had a breadfruit tree in their yard. Sam learned methods of preparing 'ulu from both family and neighbors who originated from all over the Pacific, bringing to Hawai'i their cherished traditions. This upbringing permeates his entire professional career. Sam Choy's 'Ulu Cookbook is a rare recipe collection devoted to a truly Hawaiian and Polynesian staple. The recipes are Sam's own, from friends, and the Hawai'i 'Ulu Cooperative, who partnered in creating this book. Galyn Wong, who felt passionately about 'ulu's health values, pioneered with Sam the idea of an entire book devoted to what she considered was a wonder food. The book comes at an ideal time for home cooks now that the Hawai'i 'Ulu Cooperative has helped to increase supply and make frozen, recipe-ready 'ulu available throughout the islands and even by mail order. The recipes are both traditional and contemporary: 'Ulu chips with a multitude of dips to accompany them. Salads that pair 'ulu with other island favorites like hō'i'o (fern shoots). Soups made substantial and creamy through the magic of 'ulu. Burgers, croquettes, and more--including a host of desserts.

Tsunami! by Walter Dudley Tsunamis are Hawai'i's most deadly natural hazard, having killed more people than earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and hurricanes combined. The 1946 tsunami from the Aleutians killed 159 people across the Islands causing deaths on Kaua'i, O'ahu, Maui, and especially on the Big Island. Furthermore, our volcanic islands experience their own periodic earthquakes, which can generate local tsunamis. Hawai'i's history of tsunamis extends far back in time with accounts from missionaries in the 1800s and indigenous Hawaiian lore predating written records. But it is the true stories of those here in Hawai'i who survived the tsunamis of 1946, 1960, 1964, and 1975 that can teach us what the near-death tsunami experience was actually like. This book contains true stories told to the author by some forty-five tsunami survivors and includes over seventy-five remarkable photos. You will learn what mistakes were made and what actions we need to take to stay safe. Improvements in the Tsunami Warning System are carefully explained, along with what actions to take during a tsunami warning. Learn from our cousins in American Samoa of how tsunami evacuation training at local schools saved hundreds of children's lives. We don't want you to be scared, we want you to be prepared. It's not "if" but "when" the next tsunami strikes.

Settler Militarism by Juliet Nebolon Under martial law during World War II, Hawaiʻi was located at the intersection of home front and war front. In Settler Militarism, Juliet Nebolon shows how settler colonialism and militarization simultaneously perpetuated, legitimated, and concealed one another in wartime Hawaiʻi for the purposes of empire building in Asia and the Pacific Islands. She demonstrates how settler militarism operated through a regime of racial liberal biopolitics that purported to protect all people in Hawaiʻi, even as it intensified the racial and colonial differentiation of Kanaka Maoli, Asian settlers, and white settlers. Nebolon identifies settler militarism's inherent contradiction: It depends on life, labor, and land to reproduce itself, yet it avariciously consumes, via violent and extractive projects, those same lives and natural resources that it needs to subsist. From vaccination and blood bank programs to the administration of internment and prisoner-of-war camps, Nebolon reveals how settler militarism and racial liberal biopolitics operated together in the service of capitalism. Collectively, the social reproduction of these regimes created the conditions for the late-twentieth-century expansion of US military empire.

The Nazi Doctors by Robert Jay Lifton Winner of the Los Angeles Times Book Prize   With a new preface by the author   In his most powerful and important book, renowned psychiatrist Robert Jay Lifton presents a brilliant analysis of the crucial role that German doctors played in the Nazi genocide. Now updated with a new preface, The Nazi Doctors remains the definitive work on the Nazi medical atrocities, a chilling exposé of the banality of evil at its epitome, and a sobering reminder of the darkest side of human nature.

Creation Lake by Rachel Kushner *SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2024 BOOKER PRIZE* *LONGLISTED FOR THE 2024 NATIONAL BOOK AWARD* *LONGLISTED FOR THE 2025 PEN FAULKNER AWARD FOR FICTION* *AN INSTANTNEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER* *NAMED A BEST BOOK OF 2024 BYTHE NEW YORK TIMES, THE ATLANTIC, VULTURE, VOGUE, THE WASHINGTON POST, KIRKUS REVIEWS, NPR, THE ECONOMIST, THE CHICAGO PUBLIC LIBRARY, VOX, and more* From Rachel Kushner, two-time finalist for both the Booker Prize and National Book Award, a "vital" (The Washington Post) and "wickedly entertaining" (The Guardian) novel about a seductive and cunning American woman who infiltrates an anarchist collective in France--a propulsive page-turner filled with dark humor. Creation Lake is a novel about a secret agent, a thirty-four-year-old American woman of ruthless tactics and clean beauty who is sent to do dirty work in France. "Sadie Smith" is how the narrator introduces herself to the rural commune of French subversives on whom she is keeping tabs, and to her lover, Lucien, a young and well-born Parisian she has met by "cold bump"--making him believe the encounter was accidental. Like everyone she targets, Lucien is useful to her and used by her. Sadie operates by strategy and dissimulation, based on what her "contacts"--shadowy figures in business and government--instruct. First, these contacts want her to incite provocation. Then they want more. In this region of old farms and prehistoric caves, Sadie becomes entranced by a mysterious figure named Bruno Lacombe, a mentor to the young activists who believes that the path to emancipation is not revolt but a return to the ancient past. Just as Sadie is certain she's the seductress and puppet master of those she surveils, Bruno is seducing her with his ingenious counter-histories, his artful laments, his own tragic story. Written in short, vaulting sections, Rachel Kushner's rendition of "noir" is taut and dazzling. Creation Lake is Kushner's finest achievement yet--a work of high art, high comedy, and unforgettable pleasure.

Table for Two by Amor Towles A New York Times Bestseller "This may be Towles' best book yet. Each tale is as satisfying as a master chef's main course, filled with drama, wit, erudition and, most of all, heart." --Los Angeles Times "The book spans the 20th century, bringing characters into tableaus of deceit and desire. Beneath his coifed prose Towles is a master of the shiv, the bait and switch; we see the flash of light before the shock wave strikes, often in the final sentence. . . . Table for Two delivers the kick of a martini served in the Polo Lounge." - The New York Times Book Review Millions of Amor Towles fans are in for a treat as he shares some of his shorter fiction: six stories based in New York City and a novella set in Golden Age Hollywood. The New York stories, most of which take place around the year 2000, consider the fateful consequences that can spring from brief encounters and the delicate mechanics of compromise that operate at the heart of modern marriages. Told from seven points of view, "Eve in Hollywood" describes how one of Towles's most beloved characters, the indomitable Evelyn Ross from Rules of Civility, crafts a new future for herself--and others--in a noirish tale that takes us through the movie sets, bungalows, and dive bars of 1930s Los Angeles. Written with his signature wit, humor, and sophistication, Table for Two is another glittering addition to Towles's canon of stylish and transporting fiction.

The City and Its Uncertain Walls by Haruki Murakami; Philip Gabriel (Translator) NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * A GLOBE AND MAIL BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR * A REAL SIMPLE BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR * NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From the author of Norwegian Wood and Hard-Boiled Wonderland and the End of the World comes a love story, a quest, an ode to books and to the libraries that house them, and a parable for our peculiar times. "Haruki Murakami invented 21st-century fiction." --The New York Times * "More than any author since Kafka, Murakami appreciates the genuine strangeness of our real world." --San Francisco Chronicle * "Murakami is masterful." --Los Angeles Times When a young man's girlfriend mysteriously vanishes, he is heartbroken - and determined to find the imaginary town where he suspects she has taken up residence. Thus begins a lifelong search that takes the man into middle age, to a job in a remote library with mysteries of its own, and on a journey between the real world and this otherworld: a shadowless city where unicorns roam and willow trees grow. There he finds his beloved working in a different library - a dream library. But she has no memory of their life together and, as the seasons pass and the man grows more uncertain about the porous boundaries between these two worlds, he must decide what he is willing to lose. A love story, a quest, an ode to books and to the libraries that house them, The City and Its Uncertain Walls is a parable for these strange times- and singular and towering achievement by one of modern literature's most important writers. "Truth is not found in fixed stillness, but in ceaseless change/movement. Isn't this the quintessential core of what stories are all about?" --Haruki Murakami, from the afterword

The Great When by Alan Moore From the New York Times bestselling author and legendary storyteller Alan Moore, the first book in an enthralling new series about murder, magic, and madness set between two Londons-one recovering from World War II, and one a secret world unlike any other. "Extraordinary . . . very funny . . . It does what fantasy does best which is show us something beyond our experience." -Susanna Clarke, New York Times bestselling author of Piranesi and Jonathan Strange & Mr Norrell In 1949, amidst the smog of London, Dennis Knuckleyard, a hapless eighteen year-old employed by a second-hand bookshop, discovers a novel that simply does not exist. It is a fictitious book, one only existing within another novel. Yet it is physically there in his hands. How? Dennis has stumbled on a book from the Great When, a magical version of London beyond time and space, where reality blurs with fiction and concepts such as Crime and Poetry are incarnated as wondrous, terrible beings. But this other, magical London must remain a secret: if Dennis cannot find a way to return this book to where it belongs, he risks facing gruesome and grave repercussions. So begins a journey delving deep into the city's occult underbelly and tarrying with an eccentric cast of sorcerers, gangsters, and murderers - some from legend, some frighteningly real, and all with plans of their own. Soon Dennis finds himself at the center of an explosive series of events that may alter and endanger both Londons forever . . .

Pele Finds a Home by Gabrielle Ahulii; Jing Jing Tsong (Illustrator) Part of a new series called Hawaiian Legends for Little Ones, Pele Finds a Home introduces kids ages 0-4 to one of Hawaii's best-known dieties, the volano goddess, whose power is still on view today on the Island of Hawaii where Kilauea continues to erupt. In simple, poetic language, this origin story gives small kids a taste of Hawaii's rich history of storytelling. Three other titles in the series are: Naupaka, Pele Finds a Home, and Maui Hooks the Islands--all legends that will give kids a wider view of Hawaiian culture, history, and its natural world.

Rick Steves Ireland by Rick Steves; Pat O'Connor From rustic towns and emerald valleys to lively cities and moss-draped ruins, the Emerald Isle is yours to discover with Rick Steves! Inside Rick Steves Ireland you'll find: Fully updated, comprehensive coverage for planning a multi-week trip through Ireland Rick's strategic advice on how to get the most of your time and money, with rankings of his must-see favorites Top sights and hidden gems, from the Rock of Cashel and the Ring of Kerry to distilleries making whiskey with hundred-year-old recipes How to connect with local culture: Hoist a pint at the corner pub, enjoy traditional fiddle music, and jump into conversations buzzing with brogue Beat the crowds, skip the lines, and avoid tourist traps with Rick's candid, humorous insight The best places to eat, sleep, and relax with a Guinness Self-guided walking tours of atmospheric neighborhoods and awe-inspiring sights Trip-planning tools, like how to link destinations, build your itinerary, and get from place to place Detailed maps, including a fold-out map for exploring on the go Complete, up-to-date coverage of Dublin, Kilkenny, Waterford, County Wexford, Kinsale, Cobh, Kenmare, The Ring of Kerry, Dingle Peninsula, County Clare, the Burren, Galway, the Aran Islands, Connemara, County Mayo, Belfast, Portrush, the Antrim Coast, Derry, County Donegal, and much more Make the most of every day and every dollar with Rick Steves Ireland. Planning a shorter trip? Check out Rick Steves Best of Ireland.

The Cambridge History of Ireland 4 Paperback Volume Set by Thomas Bartlett (General Editor, Editor); Brendan Smith (Editor); Jane Ohlmeyer (Editor); James Kelly (Editor) This authoritative, accessible and engaging four-volume history vividly presents the Irish story - or stories - from c.600 to the present, within its broader Atlantic, European, imperial and global contexts. While the volumes benefit from a strong political narrative framework, they are distinctive also in including essays that address the full range of social, economic, religious, linguistic, military, cultural, artistic and gender history, and in challenging traditional chronological boundaries in a manner that offers new perspectives and insights. Each volume examines Ireland's development within a distinct period, and offers a complete and rounded picture of Irish life, while remaining sensitive to the unique Irish experience. Bringing together an international team of experts, this landmark history both reflects recent developments in the field and sets the agenda for future study.

The College Writer: a Guide to Thinking, Writing, and Researching, Loose-Leaf Version by John Van Rys; Verne Meyer; Randall VanderMey; Patrick Sebranek

The Little Guide to Giving Poster Presentations by John Bond Poster presentations are usually the first steps in a budding academic and research career. Many potential presenters, however, feel lost in this process, as there are few courses that teach you how to proceed. The Little Guide to Giving a Poster Presentation: Simple Steps to Success shows the reader how to take their ideas or work and present it to their peers and community in poster format. The Little Guide answers all the beginner's questions in a direct and useful fashion.

We're Alone by Edwidge Danticat A collection of exceptional new essays by one of the most significant contemporary writers on the world stage Tracing a loose arc from Edwidge Danticat's childhood to the COVID-19 pandemic and recent events in Haiti, the essays gathered in We're Alone include personal narrative, reportage, and tributes to mentors and heroes such as Toni Morrison, Paule Marshall, Gabriel García Márquez, and James Baldwin that explore several abiding themes: environmental catastrophe, the traumas of colonialism, motherhood, and the complexities of resilience. From hurricanes to political violence, from her days as a new student at a Brooklyn elementary school knowing little English to her account of a shooting hoax at a Miami mall, Danticat has an extraordinary ability to move from the personal to the global and back again. Throughout, literature and art prove to be her reliable companions and guides in both tragedies and triumphs. Danticat is an irresistible presence on the page: full of heart, outrage, humor, clear thinking, and moral questioning, while reminding us of the possibilities of community. And so "we're alone" is both a fearsome admission and an intimate invitation--we're alone now, we can talk. We're Alone is a book that asks us to think through some of the world's intractable problems while deepening our understanding of one of the most significant novelists at work today.

A Short History of Ireland, 1500-2000 by John Gibney A brisk, concise, and readable overview of Irish history from the Protestant Reformation to the dawn of the twenty-first century Five centuries of Irish history are explored in this informative and accessible volume. John Gibney proceeds from the beginning of Ireland's modern period and continues through to virtually the present day, offering an integrated overview of the island nation's cultural, political, and socioeconomic history. This succinct, scholarly study covers important historical events, including the Cromwellian conquest and settlement, the Great Famine, and the struggle for Irish independence. Gibney's book explores major themes such as Ireland's often contentious relationship with Britain, its place within the British Empire, the impact of the Protestant Reformation, the ongoing religious tensions it inspired, and the global reach of the Irish diaspora. This unique, wide-ranging work assimilates the most recent scholarship on a wide range of historical controversies, making it an essential addition to the library of any student of Irish studies.

Aesop's Fables by Aesop; Robin Waterfield (Translator, Introduction by) From a renowned scholar and translator, the definitive translation of Aesop's Fables Aesop's fables are among the most familiar and best-loved stories in the world. Tales like "The Tortoise and the Hare," "The Dog in the Manger," and "Sour Grapes" have captivated us for generations. The fables delight us and teach timeless truths. Aesop's tales offer us a world fundamentally simpler to ours--one with clear good and plain evil--but nonetheless one that is marked by political nuance and literary complexity.    Newly translated and annotated by renowned scholar Robin Waterfield, this definitive translation shines a new light on four hundred of Aesop's most enduring fables. 

Historical Investigations in West Maui by Lance D. Collins (Editor); Bianca K. Isaki (Editor) How should a history of West Maui be approached? A typical large-scale narrative of West Maui moves from Native Hawaiians to missionaries to sugar to tourism. Whales and tourists come and go. But this type of history may be neither helpful nor insightful. Historical Investigations in West Maui seeks to extend known histories of West Maui in multiple directions. Messy, local histories help to open up the range of possibilities for action by giving us additional insight into the circumstances and conditions that previous generations faced. Historical knowledge helps to frame perceptions that organize space. Local histories therefore help to render visible aspects of historical space and time that have been obscured by overarching dominant narratives and timelines. Local history can disrupt social reproduction, leading to new ways of confronting the past and imagining people, the community, and the world. Making history complicated and messy is a way to question the existing structures of understanding and existence. Historical Investigations seeks to look at a wide range of topics: from Micronesian plantation labor in the nineteenth century to the history of Kaomi, Kauikeaouli's co-ruler, to the South Asian Muslim awardee at the Māhele. It looks at historical processes, such as the evolution of the Kingdom educational system, the 1860s Lahaina famines, and the imposition of the Land Court system on land titles. By offering more local histories of West Maui, we are reminded that what exists is far from expressing all possibilities and that those neglected areas of political space can be reclaimed for different stories leading to alternative, preferred futures.

A Cruelty Special to Our Species by Emily Jungmin Yoon A piercing debut collection of poems exploring gender, race, and violence from a sensational new talent In her arresting collection, urgently relevant for our times, poet Emily Jungmin Yoon confronts the histories of sexual violence against women, focusing in particular on Korean so-called "comfort women," women who were forced into sexual labor in Japanese-occupied territories during World War II. In wrenching language, A Cruelty Special to Our Species unforgettably describes the brutalities of war and the fear and sorrow of those whose lives and bodies were swept up by a colonizing power, bringing powerful voice to an oppressed group of people whose histories have often been erased and overlooked. "What is a body in a stolen country," Yoon asks. "What is right in war." Moving readers through time, space, and different cultures, and bringing vivid life to the testimonies and confessions of the victims,Yoon takes possession of a painful and shameful history even while unearthing moments of rare beauty in acts of resistance and resilience, and in the instinct to survive and bear witness.

A Peace to End All Peace by David Fromkin Published with a new afterword from the author--the classic, bestselling account of how the modern Middle East was created The Middle East has long been a region of rival religions, ideologies, nationalisms, and ambitions. All of these conflicts--including the hostilities between Arabs and Israelis, and the violent challenges posed by Iraq's competing sects--are rooted in the region's political inheritance: the arrangements, unities, and divisions imposed by the Allies after the First World War. In A Peace to End All Peace, David Fromkin reveals how and why the Allies drew lines on an empty map that remade the geography and politics of the Middle East. Focusing on the formative years of 1914 to 1922, when all seemed possible, he delivers in this sweeping and magisterial book the definitive account of this defining time, showing how the choices narrowed and the Middle East began along a road that led to the conflicts and confusion that continue to this day. A new afterword from Fromkin, written for this edition of the book, includes his invaluable, updated assessment of this region of the world today, and on what this history has to teach us.

By the Fire We Carry by Rebecca Nagle NATIONAL BESTSELLER The New Yorker's Best Books of 2024 * A Publishers Weekly Top 10 Book of the Year * An NPR 2024 "Books We Loved" Pick * An Esquire Best Book of Fall 2024  * A Barnes & Noble Best Book of the Year * A Kirkus Best Nonfiction Book of 2024 Finalist for the National Book Critics Circle John Leonard First Book Prize * Winner of the Oklahoma Historical Society's E. E. Dale Award * Longlisted for the Andrew Carnegie Medal for Excellence in Nonfiction * Longlisted for the Women's Prize for Nonfiction * Longlisted for MPIBA's Reading the West Award for Nonfiction * Shortlisted for the J. Anthony Lukas Book Prize "Impeccably researched. . . . A fascinating book and an important one."--Washington Post "A brilliant, kaleidoscopic debut. . . . A showstopper."--Publishers Weekly, starred review A powerful work of reportage and American history that braids the story of the forced removal of Native Americans onto treaty lands in the nation's earliest days, and a small-town murder in the 1990s that led to a Supreme Court ruling reaffirming Native rights to that land more than a century later. Before 2020, American Indian reservations made up roughly 55 million acres of land in the United States. Nearly 200 million acres are reserved for National Forests--in the emergence of this great nation, our government set aside more land for trees than for Indigenous peoples. In the 1830s Muscogee people were rounded up by the US military at gunpoint and forced into exile halfway across the continent. At the time, they were promised this new land would be theirs for as long as the grass grew and the waters ran. But that promise was not kept. When Oklahoma was created on top of Muscogee land, the new state claimed their reservation no longer existed. Over a century later, a Muscogee citizen was sentenced to death for murdering another Muscogee citizen on tribal land. His defense attorneys argued the murder occurred on the reservation of his tribe, and therefore Oklahoma didn't have the jurisdiction to execute him. Oklahoma asserted that the reservation no longer existed. In the summer of 2020, the Supreme Court settled the dispute. Its ruling that would ultimately underpin multiple reservations covering almost half the land in Oklahoma, including Nagle's own Cherokee Nation.  Here Rebecca Nagle recounts the generations-long fight for tribal land and sovereignty in eastern Oklahoma. By chronicling both the contemporary legal battle and historic acts of Indigenous resistance, By the Fire We Carry stands as a landmark work of American history. The story it tells exposes both the wrongs that our nation has committed and the Native-led battle for justice that has shaped our country. 

Dawn at Mineral King Valley by Daniel P. Selmi The story behind the historic Mineral King Valley case, which reveals how the Sierra Club battled Disney's ski resort development and launched a new environmental era in America.   In our current age of climate change-induced panic, it's hard to imagine a time when private groups were not actively enforcing environmental protection laws in the courts. It wasn't until 1972, however, that a David and Goliath-esque Supreme Court showdown involving the Sierra Club and Disney set a revolutionary legal precedent for the era of environmental activism we live in today.   Set against the backdrop of the environmental movement that swept the country in the late 1960s and early 1970s, Dawn at Mineral King Valley tells the surprising story of how the US Forest Service, the Disney company, and the Sierra Club each struggled to adapt to the new, rapidly changing political landscape of environmental consciousness in postwar America. Proposed in 1965 and approved by the federal government in 1969, Disney's vast development plan would have irreversibly altered the practically untouched Mineral King Valley, a magnificently beautiful alpine area in the Sierra Nevada mountains. At first, the plan met with unanimous approval from elected officials, government administrators, and the press--it seemed inevitable that this expanse of wild natural land would be radically changed and turned over to a private corporation. Then the scrappy Sierra Club forcefully pushed back with a lawsuit that ultimately propelled the modern environmental era by allowing interest groups to bring litigation against environmentally destructive projects.   An expert on environmental law and appellate advocacy, Daniel P. Selmi uses his authoritative narrative voice to recount the complete history of this revolutionary legal battle and the ramifications that continue today, almost 50 years later.

Diagnostic Parasitology for Veterinary Technicians by Charles M. Hendrix; Ed Robinson **Selected for Doody's Core Titles® 2024 in Veterinary Nursing & Technology** Gain the knowledge you need to Identify and understand animal parasites! Diagnostic Parasitology for Veterinary Technicians, 6th Edition features clear and concise discussions of the most commonly encountered internal and external parasites. Chapters are organized by parasite group - including nematodes, cestodes, trematodes, protozoans, arthropods, and leeches - and include a detailed description of the group, with special emphasis on morphology, life cycle, and important parasites. Then in each chapter, material is conveniently organized by host species: dogs, cats, horses, ruminants, swine, birds, lab animals, fish, and reptiles. Written by educators Charles M. Hendrix and Ed Robinson, this full-color, spiral-bound book provides the skills that veterinary technicians need to collect samples, perform lab procedures, and communicate with clients. More than 300 full-color photos help you learn to recognize parasites and parasitic diseases in lab samples. Logical organization of chapters begins with an overview of external parasites, internal parasites, and nematodes, followed by chapters that go into detail of the parasites by host species. Step-by-step guidelines are provided for gathering samples and performing lab procedures, with clear instructions about how to perform the different laboratory techniques used in identifying parasites. Emphasis on life cycles along with high-quality life cycle drawings help you learn to communicate prevention and control strategies to clients. Case studies provide the opportunity to apply what you have learned. Review tools ensure that you master parasitology with all-new multiple-choice questions and VTNE prep questions, as well as matching exercises and questions for thought and discussion at the end of each chapter. Technician's Note boxes call out important points for vet techs to remember. Coverage of exotics includes detailed images and discussions of the parasites that affect them. Parasites by Host Species tables summarize the many ways of categorizing parasites, cross referencing such categories as body systems affected, taxonomic grouping, host species, and location in host. NEW! Thorough updates are included throughout the book, providing the most current coverage of the parasites most often seen in veterinary practice. NEW! New information on hookworm and heartworm resistance is added to this edition. NEW! How to Talk to Clients boxes prepare you to answer vital customer questions regarding the most common zoonotic diseases, including scabies, hookworm, heartworm, toxoplasmosis, and more.

Find Me As the Creature I Am by Emily Jungmin Yoon From one of the sharpest up-and-coming voices in contemporary poetry, a stunning collection that explores our most fundamental instincts, capacity for affection, and the ways in which we resemble the wild Find Me as the Creature I Am is a book full of tenderness and violence, longing and love. Ranging from inherited family tales to meditations on the body to animals' display of love and grief alike, Emily Jungmin Yoon holds up a mirror to humanity to show that we are animal, too. In poems full of wonder and want, she showcases our tendencies to fight or fly, act with affection and cruelty, and ultimately, overflow with life itself. "And when I say we are beasts, / is that a metaphor?" Yoon asks, exploring how we--like language, like any creature--stem from our surroundings. Braiding together reflections about the natural world, family heritage, and adoration, Yoon shows that what passes between us--body to body, generation to generation--is what defines a life. Deeply felt and beautifully crafted, Find Me as the Creature I Am is a rapturous collection by a rising star in the poetry landscape.

Large Animal Clinical Procedures for Veterinary Technicians by Kristin J. Holtgrew-Bohling **Selected for Doody's Core Titles® 2024 with "Essential Purchase" designation in Veterinary Nursing & Technology** Get the big picture on the vet tech's role and responsibilities in large animal care! A practical, comprehensive guide, Large Animal Clinical Procedures for Veterinary Technicians, 5th Edition describes how to set up, assist, and follow through on medical procedures and treatment regimens for domestic livestock. The book begins with an overview of livestock handling, reproduction, and nutrition, along with the skills required in hospital management. Following are separate sections on horses, cattle, sheep and goats, llamas and alpacas, swine, and poultry, with each section including chapters examining husbandry, clinical and surgical procedures, and common diseases. Written by expert clinician and vet tech educator Kristin Holtgrew-Bohling, this text provides an ideal study tool in preparing for the VTNE® and for everyday practice. Comprehensive large animal coverage is specifically tailored to the needs of veterinary technician students. Coverage of the essential large animal-related tasks in the CVTEA Manual of Accreditation for Veterinary Technology Programs prepares you to pass the Veterinary Technology National Exam (VTNE®). Step-by-step procedures explain how and why a clinical procedure is performed, and the roles that you fill in preparing for, assisting in, and following up the procedure. "How-to" chapters within each species section examine husbandry, clinical procedures, surgical procedures, and common diseases - so veterinary technicians, acting under instructions of veterinarians, can plan and follow through on procedures and treatment regimens for large animals. Evolve website includes quizzes, images, and reference materials to reinforce understanding. Full-color photographs and line drawings show step-by-step procedures in areas such as restraint, bandaging, physical examination techniques, and diagnostic procedures. Coverage of husbandry and breeds demonstrates how day-to-day housing and feeding affect the care of many large animal diseases, and also helps you provide quality client education. Livestock Industry section provides an overview of safety and handling, reproduction, and nutrition, so you can better understand the practices, procedures, and decisions in large animal veterinary medicine. Learning features enhance critical thinking and decision making with case studies, clinical applications, key terms, chapter outlines, learning objectives, and Technician Notes. NEW! Coverage of animal care includes care in small-scale and hobby farm settings, fear-free care, and IV catheter maintenance. NEW! Updated information includes illegal drugs, remote delivery devices, nutrition and environmental enrichment for each species, carcass removal information, breeding soundness exam information for bulls, poisonous plants and other toxins, needle disposal and broken needle guidelines, sedation protocols, dehydration tables for calves, and more. NEW! Updated images, case studies, step-by-step procedures, disease information, and terminology ensure that you have the most current information. NEW! Updated test questions and chapter quizzes on the Evolve website make it easier to study, review, and remember difficult subject matter.

Logic by Graham Priest Logic is often perceived as having little to do with the rest of philosophy, and even less to do with real life. In this lively and accessible introduction, Graham Priest shows how wrong this conception is. He explores the philosophical roots of the subject, explaining how modern formal logic deals with issues ranging from the existence of God and the reality of time to paradoxes of probability and decision theory. Along the way, the basics of formal logic are explained in simple, non-technical terms, showing that logic is a powerful and exciting part of modern philosophy. In this new edition, Graham Priest expands his discussion to cover the subjects of algorithms and axioms, and proofs in mathematics.ABOUT THE SERIES: The Very Short Introductions series from Oxford University Press contains hundreds of titles in almost every subject area. These pocket-sized books are the perfect way to get ahead in a new subject quickly. Our expert authors combine facts, analysis, perspective, new ideas, and enthusiasm to make interesting and challenging topics highly readable.

Lovely One by Ketanji Brown Jackson #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * In her "vulnerable, tender, and infinitely inspirational" (Oprah Daily) memoir, the first Black woman to ever be appointed to the Supreme Court of the United States chronicles her extraordinary life story. "A billowingly triumphant American tale."--The New York Times Book Review (Editors' Choice) A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW AND NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR With this unflinching account, Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson invites readers into her life and world, tracing her family's ascent from segregation to her confirmation on America's highest court within the span of one generation.   Named "Ketanji Onyika," meaning "Lovely One," based on a suggestion from her aunt, a Peace Corps worker stationed in West Africa, Justice Jackson learned from her educator parents to take pride in her heritage since birth. She describes her resolve as a young girl to honor this legacy and realize her dreams: from hearing stories of her grandparents and parents breaking barriers in the segregated South, to honing her voice in high school as an oratory champion and student body president, to graduating magna cum laude from Harvard, where she performed in musical theater and improv and participated in pivotal student organizations.   Here, Justice Jackson pulls back the curtain, marrying the public record of her life with what is less known. She reveals what it takes to advance in the legal profession when most people in power don't look like you, and to reconcile a demanding career with the joys and sacrifices of marriage and motherhood.   Through trials and triumphs, Justice Jackson's journey will resonate with dreamers everywhere, especially those who nourish outsized ambitions and refuse to be turned aside. This moving, openhearted tale will spread hope for a more just world, for generations to come.

Marine Mammals by Dennis Brennecke (Editor); Katrin Knickmeier (Editor); Iwona Pawliczka (Editor); Ursula Siebert (Editor); Magnus Wahlberg (Editor) This highly-readable Open Access textbook provides basic background information about marine mammals and anthropogenic impacts on them. The book includes inspiring exercises for education school programs in natural sciences. The book also provides advice on career paths using case studies of marine scientists and veterinarians describing their journeys from student to profession. By sharing real-life career paths, readers find answers to questions such as "What needs to be considered when choosing a career in science?" and "What kind of tasks do scientists undertake on a daily basis?" Marine mammals are amongst some of the most celebrated creatures on Earth, with their high intelligence, social and communicating skills, and capacity for deep diving. Alongside general information about marine mammals, the book aims at generating awareness of the impact of litter and noise pollution on the marine environment using marine mammals as an example. Huge numbers of marine animals, including marine mammals, die every year from entanglement in fishing gear, by ingestion of litter or because of chemical pollution.  In the last decade many technological and scientific tools have been developed to aid research, for instance miniaturised sound recorders which can be attached to cetaceans and seals and record noise levels around them, their vocal production as well as their diving behaviour.  This Open Access textbook can be used by undergraduate students interested in the fundamentals of marine mammal biology and medicine, and in pursuing the profession of a marine scientist. 

New Irish Short Stories by Joseph O'Connor New Irish Short Stories is a stunning collection from a fascinating variety of writers, both new and established. Featuring, among many others, William Trevor and Roddy Doyle, Rebecca Miller and Richard Ford, Christine Dwyer Hickey and Colm Toibin, it shows the short story to be a vibrant, thriving form and one that should continue to be celebrated and encouraged.

The Iliad by Homer; Emily Wilson (Translator) When Emily Wilson's translation of The Odyssey appeared in 2017--revealing the ancient poem in a contemporary idiom that was "fresh, unpretentious and lean" (Madeline Miller, Washington Post)--critics lauded it as "a revelation" (Susan Chira, New York Times) and "a cultural landmark" (Charlotte Higgins, Guardian) that would forever change how Homer is read in English. Now Wilson has returned with an equally revelatory translation of Homer's other great epic--the most revered war poem of all time. The Iliad roars with the clamor of arms, the bellowing boasts of victors, the fury and grief of loss, and the anguished cries of dying men. It sings, too, of the sublime magnitude of the world--the fierce beauty of nature and the gods' grand schemes beyond the ken of mortals. In Wilson's hands, this thrilling, magical, and often horrifying tale now gallops at a pace befitting its legendary battle scenes, in crisp but resonant language that evokes the poem's deep pathos and reveals palpably real, even "complicated," characters--both human and divine. The culmination of a decade of intense engagement with antiquity's most surpassingly beautiful and emotionally complex poetry, Wilson's Iliad now gives us a complete Homer for our generation.

Blood Test by Charles Baxter From the winner of the PEN/Malamud Award and "one of our most gifted writers" (Chicago Tribune) comes a comic novel about a divorced Midwestern dad who takes a cutting-edge medical test and learns that he has a predisposition to murder. In this fresh take on love and trouble in America, Brock Hobson, an insurance salesman and Sunday-school teacher, finds his equilibrium disturbed by the results of a predictive blood test. Baxter, a master storyteller, brings us a gradually building rollercoaster narrative, and a protagonist who is impertinent, searching, and hilariously relatable. From his good-as-gold, gentle girlfriend to the macho subcontractor guy his ex-wife left him for, not to mention his well-raised teenage kids, now exploring sex and sexuality, the secondary characters in Brock's life all contribute meaningfully to the drama, as increasing challenges to his sense of self and purpose crash over him. The final battle--no spoilers, but there is one--couldn't be more delightful, as this quick and bracing novel reminds us to choose the best people to love, accept the ones we love even if we didn't choose them, and love them all well.

Clean by Alia Trabucco Zerán; Sophie Hughes (Translator) INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER! FEATURED ON NPR FRESH AIR, NPR WEEKEND EDITION, CBS MORNINGS, AND NBC THE TODAY SHOW "A brilliant literary thriller." - NBC The Today Show "A masterclass in suspense ... Extraordinary." - Paula Hawkins "Terrifying, explosive and exhilarating" - Katie Kitamura "A modern masterpiece." -LitHub From a global star and International Booker Prize finalist, a razor-sharp, unforgettable novel about a maid who's seen too much and a family at a breaking point A young girl has died and the family's maid is being interrogated. She must tell the whole story before arriving at the girl's death. Estela came from the countryside, leaving her mother behind, to work for the señor and señora when their only child was born. They wanted a housemaid: "smart appearance, full time," their ad said. She wanted to make enough money to support her mother and return home. For seven years, Estela cleaned their laundry, wiped their floors, made their meals, kept their secrets, witnessed their fights and frictions, raised their daughter. She heard the rats scrabbling in the ceiling, saw the looks the señor gave the señora; she knew about the poison in the cabinet, the gun, the daughter's rebellion as she grew up, the mother's coldness, the father's distance. She saw it all. After a series of shocking betrayals and revelations, Estela stops speaking, breaking her silence only now, to tell the story of how it all fell apart. Is this a story of revenge or a confession? Class warfare or a cautionary tale? Building tension with every page, Clean is a gripping, incisive exploration of power, domesticity, and betrayal from an international star at the height of her powers.

Death at the Sign of the Rook by Kate Atkinson THE INSTANT #1 INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER (SUNDAY TIMES, UK) * The highly anticipated return of "irresistible" (New York Times) private eye Jackson Brodie in the newest installment of the bestselling series hailed as "unputdownable" by Time "How delicious to have Jackson Brodie back, this time in a story that starts off in Agatha Christie's world but soon becomes a landscape that could only have been crafted from the pen of the incomparable Kate Atkinson."-Ian Rankin, author of the Inspector Rebus Novels Welcome to Rook Hall. The stage is set. The players are ready. By night's end, a murderer will be revealed. In his sleepy Yorkshire town, ex-detective Jackson Brodie is staving off boredom and malaise. His only case is the seemingly tedious matter of a stolen painting. But Jackson soon uncovers a string of unsolved art thefts that lead him down a dizzying spiral of disguise and deceit to Burton Makepeace, a formerly magnificent estate now partially converted into a hotel hosting Murder Mystery weekends. As paying guests, impecunious aristocrats and old friends collide, we are treated to Atkinson's most charming and fiendishly clever mystery yet, one that pays homage to the masters of the genre--from Agatha Christie and Dorothy Sayers to the modern era of Knives Out and Only Murders in the Building.

Playground by Richard Powers Four lives are drawn together in a sweeping, panoramic new novel from Richard Powers, showcasing the Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Overstory at the height of his skills. Twelve-year-old Evie Beaulieu sinks to the bottom of a swimming pool in Montreal strapped to one of the world's first aqualungs. Ina Aroita grows up on naval bases across the Pacific with art as her only home. Two polar opposites at an elite Chicago high school bond over a three-thousand-year-old board game; Rafi Young will get lost in literature, while Todd Keane's work will lead to a startling AI breakthrough. They meet on the history-scarred island of Makatea in French Polynesia, whose deposits of phosphorus once helped to feed the world. Now the tiny atoll has been chosen for humanity's next adventure: a plan to send floating, autonomous cities out onto the open sea. But first, the island's residents must vote to greenlight the project or turn the seasteaders away. Set in the world's largest ocean, this awe-filled book explores that last wild place we have yet to colonize in a still-unfolding oceanic game, and interweaves beautiful writing, rich characterization, profound themes of technology and the environment, and a deep exploration of our shared humanity in a way only Richard Powers can.

The Giver 25th Anniversary Edition by Lois Lowry Celebrate Lois Lowry's Newbery Medal-winning classic story of a young boy discovering the dark secrets behind his seemingly ideal world in this 25th Anniversary Edition of The Giver. Includes a new afterword from Lois Lowry, as well as her Newbery acceptance speech. The Giver, Lois Lowry's Newbery Medal-winning novel, has become one of the most influential books of our time. Placed on countless reading lists and curricula, translated into more than forty languages, and made into a feature film, The Giver is a modern classic.   Celebrate this beloved contribution to children's literature with the 25th Anniversary Edition. The haunting story of twelve-year-old Jonas, who lives in a seemingly ideal, if colorless, world of conformity, is as resonant today as when it was first published. Lois Lowry will include a new afterword as well as her Newbery acceptance speech in this beautifully rejacketed edition.   

The Mighty Red by Louise Erdrich NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * A READ WITH JENNA BOOK CLUB PICK * LONGLISTED FOR THE 2025 PEN/FAULKNER AWARD FOR FICTION * A FINALIST FOR THE KIRKUS PRIZE FOR FICTION "A sweeping, tender-hearted epic."--Harper's Bazaar In this stunning novel, Pulitzer Prize and National Book Award-winning author Louise Erdrich tells a story of love, natural forces, spiritual yearnings, and the tragic impact of uncontrollable circumstances on ordinary people's lives. History is a flood. The mighty red . . . In Argus, North Dakota, a collection of people revolve around a fraught wedding.  Gary Geist, a terrified young man set to inherit two farms, is desperate to marry Kismet Poe, an impulsive, lapsed Goth who can't read her future but seems to resolve his.  Hugo, a gentle red-haired, home-schooled giant, is also in love with Kismet. He's determined to steal her and is eager to be a home wrecker.   Kismet's mother, Crystal, hauls sugar beets for Gary's family, and on her nightly runs, tunes into the darkness of late-night radio, sees visions of guardian angels, and worries for the future, her daughter's and her own. Human time, deep time, Red River time, the half-life of herbicides and pesticides, and the elegance of time represented in fracking core samples from unimaginable depths, is set against the speed of climate change, the depletion of natural resources, and the sudden economic meltdown of 2008-2009. How much does a dress cost? A used car? A package of cinnamon rolls? Can you see the shape of your soul in the everchanging clouds? Your personal salvation in the giant expanse of sky? These are the questions the people of the Red River Valley of the North wrestle with every day. The Mighty Red is a novel of tender humor, disturbance, and hallucinatory mourning. It is about on-the-job pains and immeasurable satisfactions, a turbulent landscape, and eating the native weeds growing in your backyard. It is about ordinary people who dream, grow up, fall in love, struggle, endure tragedy, carry bitter secrets; men and women both complicated and contradictory, flawed and decent, lonely and hopeful. It is about a starkly beautiful prairie community whose members must cope with devastating consequences as powerful forces upend them. As with every book this great modern master writes, The Mighty Red is about our tattered bond with the earth, and about love in all of its absurdity and splendor. A new novel by Louise Erdrich is a major literary event; gorgeous and heartrending, The Mighty Red is a triumph.

We Are Here by Naomi Hirahara; Smithsonian Institute; Illianette Ferandez (Illustrator) A stunning anthology licensed in partnership with the Smithsonian Asian Pacific American Center, We Are Here celebrates 30 of the most inspiring Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders in U.S. history. There are more than 23 million people of Asian and Pacific Islander descent living in the United States. Their stories span across generations, as well as across the world. We Are Here highlights thirty Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders and the impact they've had on the cultural, social, and political fabric of the United States.Profiles include: Amanda Nguyen * Bruno Mars * Grace Lee Boggs * Lakshmi Singh * Naomi Osaka * Philip Vera Cruz * Vishavjit Singh * Shirin Neshat * Thenmozhi Soundararajan * Schuyler Miwon Hong Bailar * Channapha Khamvongsa * Lydia XZ Brown * Etel Adnan * Cien-Shiung Wu * Jerry Yang * Carissa Moore * Craig Santos Perez * Dwayne "The Rock" Johnson * Eddie Aikau * John Kneubuhl * Kathy Jernil-Kijiner * Keanu Reeves * Kumu Hina * Manny Crisotomo * Momi Cazimero * Teresa Teaiwa * Mau Piailug * Taimane Gardner * Calvin and Charlene Hoe * Dinah Jane

Smithsonian Asian Pacific American History, Art, and Culture in 101 Objects  by Theodore S. Gonzalves (Editor); Lonnie G. Bunch III (Foreword by); Erika Lee (Foreword by) A rich and compelling introduction to the history of Asian Pacific American communities as told through 101 objects, from a fortune cookie baking mold to the debut Ms. Marvel comic featuring Kamala Khan A Booklist Top 10 Reference Book of 2024 Smithsonian Asian Pacific American History, Art, and Culture in 101 Objects invites readers to experience both well-known and untold stories through influential, controversial, and meaningful objects. Thematic chapters explore complex history and shared experiences- navigation, intersections, labor, innovation, belonging, tragedy, resistance and solidarity, community, service, memory, and joy. The book features vibrant full-color illustrations of objects that embody and engage with Asian Pacific American issues, including the immigrant experience, the importance of media representation, what history gets officially documented vs. what does not, and so much more. Those objects include- Name tag for Challenger astronaut Ellison Onizuka Photograph of Hollywood actress Anna May Wong Hello Kitty bento box Stella Abrera's ballet shoes, pancaked to match her skin color Caravan's Thailand- Songs for Life album Sewing kit of internment camp survivor May Ishimoto Nam June Paik's Electronic Superhighway- Continental U.S., Alaska, Hawaii The Devanagari typographical font patented by Hari Govind Govil Asian Americans are the fastest growing group in the United States and include approximately 50 distinct ethnic groups, but their stories and experiences have often been sidelined or stereotyped. This spirited and beautifully illustrated book offers a vital window into the triumphs and tragedies, strength and ingenuity, and traditions and cultural identities of these communities. Smithsonian Asian Pacific American History, Art, and Culture in 101 Objects is a crucial and celebratory read.

ʻĀina : race against time to save our ʻāina. by Solomon Enos "ʻĀina is a game that challenges you to use strategy and cooperation to flip a landscape from negative to positive, distribute resources for lasting wealth, and open pathways for water to flow--all in 64 moves. The cards are also the playing board. They create a landscape of a stylized ahupuaʻa (traditional land division), and the entire game revolves around laulima (working together) to restore its vibrancy" -- Publisher's website.

Endangered Animals of Hawaii Coloring Book by Patrick Ching Fun and educational coloring books explore many beautiful and unique aspects of Hawai'i, including nature and culture.

Ka 'ula wena : oceanic red by Leah Caldeira, Healoha Johnston "Ka ʻUla Wena: Oceanic Red explores manifestations of red in the landscapes, memory, and created expressions of Oceania"-- Page [2] of cover.

Bamboo Ridge #115 by Cathy Song (Editor) Magazine. Fiction. Poetry. Asian & Asian American Studies. Hawai'i. Edited by Cathy Song and Donald Carreira Ching, Issue #115 of BAMBOO RIDGE, JOURNAL OF HAWAI'I LITERATURE AND ARTS is a memorable anthology of poetry and prose by thirty-three authors from diverse backgrounds. With a third of the writers new to the pages of BAMBOO RIDGE, the issue showcases both emerging writers and the work of established authors such as Sue Cowing, Cate Gable, Jim Harstad, Lanning C. Lee, Darrell H. Y. Lum, Wing Tek Lum, Christy Passion, Elmer Omar Bascos Pizo, Eric Paul Shaffer, John E. Simonds, Jean Yamasaki Toyama, and Mahealani Wendt. Cover art and an artist profile and portfolio feature Kai'ili Kaulukukui, whose paintings and murals promote Hawaiian values of land, ocean, and cultural preservation.

Punky Aloha by Shar Tuiasoa (Illustrator) Meet Punky Aloha: a girl who uses the power of saying "aloha" to experience exciting and unexpected adventures! Punky loves to do a lot of things--except meeting new friends. She doesn't feel brave enough. So when her grandmother asks her to go out and grab butter for her famous banana bread, Punky hesitates. But with the help of her grandmother's magical sunglasses, and with a lot of aloha in her heart, Punky sets off on a BIG adventure for the very first time. Will she be able to get the butter for grandma Punky Aloha is a Polynesian girl who carries her culture in her heart and in everything she does. Kids will love to follow this fun character all over the island of O'ahu.

Air installations compatible use zones for Marine Corps Air Station, Kaneohe Bay, Oahu, Hawaii. by CH2M HILL (Firm) Study seeking alternatives in conducting air operations, airfield operational activities, and whether to close or relocate the facilities.

First They Killed My Father by Loung Ung "A riveting memoir. . . an important, moving work that those who have suffered cannot afford to forget and those who have been spared cannot afford to ignore." -- San Francisco Chronicle From a childhood survivor of the Cambodian genocide under the regime of Pol Pot, this is a riveting narrative of war crimes and desperate actions, the unnerving strength of a small girl and her family, and their triumph of spirit. One of seven children of a high-ranking government official, Loung Ung lived a privileged life in the Cambodian capital of Phnom Penh until the age of five. Then, in April 1975, Pol Pot's Khmer Rouge army stormed into the city, forcing Ung's family to flee and, eventually, to disperse. Loung was trained as a child soldier in a work camp for orphans, her siblings were sent to labor camps, and those who survived the horrors would not be reunited until the Khmer Rouge was destroyed. Harrowing yet hopeful, Loung's powerful story is an unforgettable account of a family shaken and shattered, yet miraculously sustained by courage and love in the face of unspeakable brutality.

Placental Politics by Christine Taitano DeLisle From 1898 until World War II, U.S. imperial expansion brought significant numbers of white American women to Guam, primarily as wives to naval officers stationed on the island. Indigenous CHamoru women engaged with navy wives in a range of settings, and they used their relationships with American women to forge new forms of social and political power. As Christine Taitano DeLisle explains, much of the interaction between these women occurred in the realms of health care, midwifery, child care, and education. DeLisle focuses specifically on the pattera, Indigenous nurse-midwives who served CHamoru families. Though they showed strong interest in modern delivery practices and other accoutrements of American modernity under U.S. naval hegemony, the pattera and other CHamoru women never abandoned deeply held Indigenous beliefs, values, and practices, especially those associated with inafa'maolek -- a code of behavior through which individual, collective, and environmental balance, harmony, and well-being were stewarded and maintained. DeLisle uses her evidence to argue for a "placental politics" -- a new conceptual paradigm for Indigenous women's political action. Drawing on oral histories, letters, photographs, military records, and more, DeLisle reveals how the entangled histories of CHamoru and white American women make us rethink the cultural politics of U.S. imperialism and the emergence of new Indigenous identities.

Apocalyptic Rhetoric and the Black Protest Movement by Aaron Pride Apocalyptic Rhetoric and the Black Protest Movement offers a challenging new formulation of African American religious culture by asserting that African American Christianity produced a militant millennialist movement that invoked the apocalypse, the kingdom of God, and the end of the world to compel Black people to oppose racial injustice in the early twentieth century. In this account of the Black civil rights movement in Boston in the early twentieth century, Aaron Pride argues that the apocalyptic rhetoric and millennial imagery disseminated from the Boston Guardian by William Monroe Trotter cast Booker T. Washington and other opponents of Black protest as false prophets, biblical villains, and harbingers of the end times. By placing Black Christianity at the center of Black civil rights activism in the early twentieth century, this book provides a seminal interpretation of the emancipatory capacity of religion as cultural and intellectual force in social and political movements. This book will be of interest to scholars of cultural history, Black studies, and the history of religion. nterest to scholars of cultural history, Black studies, and the history of religion.nterest to scholars of cultural history, Black studies, and the history of religion.nterest to scholars of cultural history, Black studies, and the history of religion.

Environmental Economics and Natural Resource Management by David A. Anderson The tools of environmental economics guide policymakers as they weigh development against nature, present against future, and certain benefits against uncertain consequences. The policies and research findings explained in this textbook are relevant to decisions made daily by individuals, firms, and governments. This textbook offers instructors and students a user-friendly, relevant, and up-to-date introduction to these topics while covering recent advancements in the field and significant political and economic changes. The book has been thoroughly updated while retaining the story-based narratives and visual emphasis of previous editions, capturing students' attention with full-color photos, graphs, and illustrations. This sixth edition includes: Updated coverage of international environmental regulations, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the environment, the effects of war on the environment, recent environmental summits and agreements, the evolving energy and transportation sectors, and trailblazing policies and research Expanded coverage of environmental issues and approaches in underrepresented countries and continents New discussions of EV batteries, populist leaders, carbon leakage, food waste, and ecological resilience Revised digital supplements, including a solutions guide, PowerPoints, and sample tests. Environmental Economics and Natural Resource Management promotes environmental and economic literacy with policy-oriented, application-based content delivered in concise, accessible discussions. Through its engaging approach, the text brings the economic way of thinking into discussions of personal, community, corporate, and government activities that affect environmental assets and the quality of life.

The Anxious Generation by Jonathan Haidt THE INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * A Washington Post Notable Book * A New York Times Notable Book  A must-read for all parents: the generation-defining investigation into the collapse of youth mental health in the era of smartphones, social media, and big tech--and a plan for a healthier, freer childhood. "With tenacity and candor, Haidt lays out the consequences that have come with allowing kids to drift further into the virtual world . . . While also offering suggestions and solutions that could help protect a new generation of kids." --Shannon Carlin, TIME, 100 Must-Read Books of 2024 After more than a decade of stability or improvement, the mental health of adolescents plunged in the early 2010s. Rates of depression, anxiety, self-harm, and suicide rose sharply, more than doubling on many measures. Why? In The Anxious Generation, social psychologist Jonathan Haidt lays out the facts about the epidemic of teen mental illness that hit many countries at the same time. He then investigates the nature of childhood, including why children need play and independent exploration to mature into competent, thriving adults. Haidt shows how the "play-based childhood" began to decline in the 1980s, and how it was finally wiped out by the arrival of the "phone-based childhood" in the early 2010s. He presents more than a dozen mechanisms by which this "great rewiring of childhood" has interfered with children's social and neurological development, covering everything from sleep deprivation to attention fragmentation, addiction, loneliness, social contagion, social comparison, and perfectionism. He explains why social media damages girls more than boys and why boys have been withdrawing from the real world into the virtual world, with disastrous consequences for themselves, their families, and their societies. Most important, Haidt issues a clear call to action. He diagnoses the "collective action problems" that trap us, and then proposes four simple rules that might set us free. He describes steps that parents, teachers, schools, tech companies, and governments can take to end the epidemic of mental illness and restore a more humane childhood. Haidt has spent his career speaking truth backed by data in the most difficult landscapes--communities polarized by politics and religion, campuses battling culture wars, and now the public health emergency faced by Gen Z. We cannot afford to ignore his findings about protecting our children--and ourselves--from the psychological damage of a phone-based life.

How to take smart notes : one simple technique to boost writing, learning and thinking by Sonic Ahrens "The key to good and efficient writing lies in the intelligent organisation of ideas and notes. This book helps students, academics and other knowledge workers to get more done, write intelligent texts and learn for the long run. It teaches you how to take smart notes and ensure they bring you and your projects forward.The Take Smart Notes principle is based on established psychological insight and draws from a tried and tested note-taking technique: the Zettelkasten. This is the first comprehensive guide and description of this system in English, and not only does it explain how it works, but also why. It suits students and academics in the social sciences and humanities, nonfiction writers and others who are in the business of reading, thinking and writing.Instead of wasting your time searching for your notes, quotes or references, you can focus on what really counts: thinking, understanding and developing new ideas in writing." -- Provided by publisher.

The College Writer: a Guide to Thinking, Writing, and Researching, Loose-Leaf Version by John Van Rys; Verne Meyer; Randall VanderMey; Patrick Sebranek

The Long Gaze Back by Sinéad Gleeson (Editor) An instant classic, The Long Gaze Back, edited by Sinéad Gleeson, is an exhilarating anthology of thirty short stories by some of the most gifted women writers this island has ever produced. Featuring: Niamh Boyce, Elizabeth Bowen, Maeve Brennan, Mary Costello, June Caldwell, Lucy Caldwell, Evelyn Conlon, Anne Devlin, Maria Edgeworth, Anne Enright, Christine Dwyer Hickey, Norah Hoult, Mary Lavin, Eimear McBride, Molly McCloskey, Bernie McGill, Lisa McInerney, Belinda McKeon, Siobhán Mannion, Lia Mills, Nuala Ní Chonchúir, Éilís Ní Dhuibhne, Kate O'Brien, Roisín O'Donnell, E.M. Reapy, Charlotte Riddell, Eimear Ryan, Anakana Schofield, Somerville & Ross, Susan Stairs. Taken together, the collected works of these writers reveal an enrapturing, unnerving, and piercingly beautiful mosaic of a lively literary landscape. Spanning four centuries, The Long Gaze Back features 8 rare stories from deceased luminaries and forerunners, and 22 new stories by some of the most talented Irish women writers working today. The anthology presents an inclusive and celebratory portrait of the high calibre of contemporary literature in Ireland. These stories run the gamut from heartbreaking to humorous, but each leaves a lasting impression. They chart the passions, obligations, trials and tribulations of a variety of vividly-drawn characters with unflinching honesty and relentless compassion. These are stories to savour.

The Granta Book of the Irish Short Story by Anne Enright The Man Booker prize-winning author's critically acclaimed selection of the best Irish short stories of the last sixty years, following Richard Ford's best-selling Granta Book of the American Short Story.

Classic Irish Short Stories by Frank O'Connor (Selected by) From its origins in the folk tale, through its evolution in response to changing social and political conditions to its current form, the Irish short story has retained its own distinct and unique form. The finest writers of their time are represented here by their best work, showing the variety of style and approach within the genre. From George Moore's masterpiece, `Homesickness', and the warmth and humour of James Stephens, to the romantic eloquence of Bryan MacMahon, these stories capture the Irish people, their way of life, mythology and history.

Tahiti holiday and others. Poems. by Sydney Gorham Babson

The Lives of Seaweeds by Julie A. Phillips An engaging and richly illustrated exploration of the natural history of seaweeds and other algae As photosynthetic organisms, seaweeds and other algae transfer billions of tons of carbon globally from the atmosphere to the deep ocean each year. Coming in all manner of colors, shapes, and sizes, from bioluminescent single-celled algae to giant kelps, they form the basis of most marine food webs, and are found in almost all environments on the planet. Touted as the biofuel of the future, seaweeds and algae also hold promise for biodegradable packaging, offer a nutritious food source, and exhibit antiviral and antitumor properties. Combining accessible text with stunning images and graphics, this book takes a deep dive to explore the unique characteristics of seaweeds and other algae, outlining their extraordinary evolution as well as their morphology, life histories, ecology, and uses. Offering rare insights into the algal world, The Lives of Seaweeds is essential reading for naturalists and marine life enthusiasts.

A Brief History of Intelligence by Max Bennett "I found this book amazing. I read it through quickly because it was so interesting, then turned around and read much of it again."--Daniel Kahneman, winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics and bestselling author of Thinking Fast & Slow "I've been recommending A Brief History of Intelligence to everyone I know. A truly novel, beautifully crafted thesis on what intelligence is and how it has developed since the dawn of life itself."--Angela Duckworth, bestselling author of Grit Equal parts Sapiens, Behave, and Superintelligence, but wholly original in scope, A Brief History of Intelligence offers a paradigm shift for how we understand neuroscience and AI. Artificial intelligence entrepreneur Max Bennett chronicles the five "breakthroughs" in the evolution of human intelligence and reveals what brains of the past can tell us about the AI of tomorrow.  In the last decade, capabilities of artificial intelligence that had long been the realm of science fiction have, for the first time, become our reality. AI is now able to produce original art, identify tumors in pictures, and even steer our cars. And yet, large gaps remain in what modern AI systems can achieve--indeed, human brains still easily perform intellectual feats that we can't replicate in AI systems. How is it possible that AI can beat a grandmaster at chess but can't effectively load a dishwasher? As AI entrepreneur Max Bennett compellingly argues, finding the answer requires diving into the billion-year history of how the human brain evolved; a history filled with countless half-starts, calamities, and clever innovations. Not only do our brains have a story to tell--the future of AI may depend on it. Now, in A Brief History of Intelligence, Bennett bridges the gap between neuroscience and AI to tell the brain's evolutionary story, revealing how understanding that story can help shape the next generation of AI breakthroughs. Deploying a fresh perspective and working with the support of many top minds in neuroscience, Bennett consolidates this immense history into an approachable new framework, identifying the "Five Breakthroughs" that mark the brain's most important evolutionary leaps forward. Each breakthrough brings new insight into the biggest mysteries of human intelligence. Containing fascinating corollaries to developments in AI, A Brief History of Intelligence shows where current AI systems have matched or surpassed our brains, as well as where AI systems still fall short. Simply put, until AI systems successfully replicate each part of our brain's long journey, AI systems will fail to exhibit human-like intelligence. Endorsed and lauded by many of the top neuroscientists in the field today, Bennett's work synthesizes the most relevant scientific knowledge and cutting-edge research into an easy-to-understand and riveting evolutionary story. With sweeping scope and stunning insights, A Brief History of Intelligence proves that understanding the arc of our brain's history can unlock the tools for successfully navigating our technological future. 

Under the Skin by Linda Villarosa PULITZER PRIZE FINALIST * "A stunning exposé of why Black people in our society 'live sicker and die quicker'--an eye-opening game changer."--Oprah Daily From an award-winning writer at the New York Times Magazine and a contributor to the 1619 Project comes a landmark book that tells the full story of racial health disparities in America, revealing the toll racism takes on individuals and the health of our nation. In 2018, Linda Villarosa's New York Times Magazine article on maternal and infant mortality among black mothers and babies in America caused an awakening. Hundreds of studies had previously established a link between racial discrimination and the health of Black Americans, with little progress toward solutions. But Villarosa's article exposing that a Black woman with a college education is as likely to die or nearly die in childbirth as a white woman with an eighth grade education made racial disparities in health care impossible to ignore. Now, in Under the Skin, Linda Villarosa lays bare the forces in the American health-care system and in American society that cause Black people to "live sicker and die quicker" compared to their white counterparts. Today's medical texts and instruments still carry fallacious slavery-era assumptions that Black bodies are fundamentally different from white bodies. Study after study of medical settings show worse treatment and outcomes for Black patients. Black people live in dirtier, more polluted communities due to environmental racism and neglect from all levels of government. And, most powerfully, Villarosa describes the new understanding that coping with the daily scourge of racism ages Black people prematurely. Anchored by unforgettable human stories and offering incontrovertible proof, Under the Skin is dramatic, tragic, and necessary reading.

Transformations in Queer, Trans, and Intersex Health and Aging by Alexandra C. H. Nowakowski; J. E. Sumerau; Nik M. Lampe This book utilizes collaborative autoethnography to examine transformations in health and aging among queer, trans, and intersex people in society. To this end, the authors each utilize their lived experiences as queer, trans, and/or intersex people to discuss inequalities and norms in U.S. healthcare. Further, they elaborate upon some ways U.S. healthcare systems may become more inclusive of queer, trans, and intersex populations over time. In so doing, they utilize the autoethnographic cases to illustrate and describe the complexities of sex, gender, and sexualities in health and aging as well as the ways such intricacies facilitate societal inequalities in health and aging.

Looking Through the Speculum by Judith A. Houck Highlights local history to tell a national story about the evolution of the women's health movement, illuminating the struggles and successes of bringing feminist dreams into clinical spaces.   The women's health movement in the United States, beginning in 1969 and taking hold in the 1970s, was a broad-based movement seeking to increase women's bodily knowledge, reproductive control, and well-being. It was a political movement that insisted that bodily autonomy provided the key to women's liberation. It was also an institution-building movement that sought to transform women's relationships with medicine; it was dedicated to increasing women's access to affordable health care without the barriers of homophobia, racism, and sexism. But the movement did not only focus on women's bodies. It also encouraged activists to reimagine their relationships with one another, to develop their relationships in the name of personal and political change, and, eventually, to discover and confront the limitations of the bonds of womanhood. This book examines historically the emergence, development, travails, and triumphs of the women's health movement in the United States. By bringing medical history and the history of women's bodies into our emerging understandings of second-wave feminism, the author sheds light on the understudied efforts to shape health care and reproductive control beyond the hospital and the doctor's office--in the home, the women's center, the church basement, the bookshop, and the clinic. Lesbians, straight women, and women of color all play crucial roles in this history. At its center are the politics, institutions, and relationships created by and within the women's health movement, depicted primarily from the perspective of the activists who shaped its priorities, fought its battles, and grappled with its shortcomings.

Burnout by Emily Nagoski; Amelia Nagoski NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * "This book is a gift! I've been practicing their strategies, and it's a total game changer."--Brené Brown, PhD, author of Dare to Lead "A primer on how to stop letting the world dictate how you live and what we think of ourselves, Burnout is essential reading [and] . . . excels in its intersectionality."--Bustle   This groundbreaking book explains why women experience burnout differently than men--and provides a roadmap to minimizing stress, managing emotions, and living more joyfully.   Burnout. You, like most American women, have probably experienced it. What's expected of women and what it's really like to exist as a woman in today's world are two different things--and we exhaust ourselves trying to close the gap. Sisters Emily Nagoski, PhD, and Amelia Nagoski, DMA, are here to help end the all-too-familiar cycle of feeling overwhelmed and exhausted. They compassionately explain the obstacles and societal pressures we face--and how we can fight back.    You'll learn * what you can do to complete the biological stress cycle * how to manage the "monitor" in your brain that regulates the emotion of frustration * how the Bikini Industrial Complex makes it difficult for women to love their bodies--and how to defend yourself against it * why rest, human connection, and befriending your inner critic are keys to recovering from and preventing burnout   With the help of eye-opening science, prescriptive advice, and helpful worksheets and exercises, all women will find something transformative in Burnout--and will be empowered to create positive change. A BOOKRIOT BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR

The Burnout Workbook by Amelia Nagoski; Emily Nagoski Solve the cycle of overwhelm and exhaustion, and empower yourself to create positive change. This interactive workbook from the experts behind the New York Times bestseller Burnout offers up the tools and tips to help get you there. We all want to achieve wellness. But wellness is not a state of mind or a state of being--it's a state of action. It's the freedom to oscillate through all the cycles of being human: from effort to rest, sleeping to waking, autonomy to connection. Burnout, on the other hand, happens when we get stuck. The Burnout Workbook will help you notice when you get stuck and show you how to get unstuck--inside you'll find: engaging questions exercises to practice skills visual guides stories quotes and more! Feel better, minimize stress, manage your emotions, and live a more joyful life. Whether or not you've read Burnout, this workbook will help you learn what true wellness can look like in your life.

The Truth about Heart Disease by Mark Houston There are over 400 CHD risk factors that need to be evaluated, prevented, and treated. It is crucial that we have tests for early identification, prevention and treatment of CHD and MI. CHD remains the number one cause of morbidity and mortality in the United States. This book discusses not only older traditional risk factors of heart disease, but new considerations including updated genetic material which is state of the art. This book provides a new and detailed explanation of the causes of CHD and MI based on genetics, blood tests, urine tests. vascular tests and cardiac tests. Once this information is understood and applied to the patient the control of CHD risk factors, cardiovascular complications such as MI and heart failure will be improved with fewer adverse effects and lower cost. No other heart book on the market has this updated and extensive data based on published trials and the experience of the author. Chapters are written in an easy- to -understand format and all medical terms are defined for the reader. Tables and figures are provided each chapter to better illustrate what is described in the text, provide concise, understandable, and valuable information. All references are numbered in the text and then listed at the end of each chapter - the references provide additional medical information. Summaries and Key Take Away Points are provided at the end of each chapter. A sources section is listed at the end of the book which lists contact information for the best nutritional supplement companies, lab, and testing companies, as well as other important sources mentioned in the text of the book.

Twelve Trees by Daniel Lewis A compelling global exploration of nature and survival as seen via a dozen species of trees, offering "extensive insight into the ways in which humans and trees are interconnected" (BookPage), revealing the challenges facing our planet and how scientists are working urgently to save our forests and our future. The world today is undergoing the most rapid environmental transformation in human history--from climate change to deforestation. Scientists, ethnobotanists, indigenous peoples, and collectives of all kinds are closely studying trees and their biology to understand how and why trees function individually and collectively in the ways they do. In Twelve Trees, Daniel Lewis, curator and historian at one of the world's most renowned research libraries, travels the world to learn about these trees in their habitats. Lewis takes us on a sweeping journey to plant breeding labs, botanical gardens, research facilities, deep inside museum collections, to the tops of tall trees, underwater, and around the Earth, journeying into the deserts of the American west and the deep jungles of Peru, to offer a globe-spanning perspective on the crucial impact trees have on our entire planet. When a once-common tree goes extinct in the wild but survives in a botanical garden, what happens next? How can scientists reconstruct lost genomes and habitats? How does a tree store thousands of gallons of water, or offer up perfectly preserved insects from millions of years ago, or root itself in muddy swamps and remain standing? How does a 5,000-year-old tree manage to live, and what can we learn from it? And how can science account for the survival of one species at the expense of others? Twelve Trees "brims with wonder, appreciation, and even some small hope" (Booklist) and is an awe-inspiring story of our world, its past, and its future. Note--species include: * The Lost Tree of Easter Island (Sophora toromiro) * The coast redwood (Sequoia sempervirens) * Hymenaea protera [a fossil tree] * The Longleaf pine (Pinus palustris) * East Indian sandalwood (Santanum album) * The Bristlecone pine (Pinus longaeva) * West African ebony (Diospyros crassiflora) * The Tasmanian blue gum eucalyptus (Eucalyptus globulus) * Olive tree (Olea europaea) * Baobab (Adansonia digitata) * the kapok tree (Ceiba pentandra) * The bald cypress (Taxodium distichum)

Anesthesia and analgesia for veterinary technicians / John A. Thomas, Phillip Lerche. by John A. Thomas "Master the veterinary technician's role as a veterinary anesthetist! Covering the principles of animal anesthesia and pain management, Anesthesia and Analgesia for Veterinary Technicians and Nurses, 6th Edition is the definitive guide to the latest drugs, techniques and protocols, and anesthetic equipment. Clear guidelines to anesthesia administration include pre-anesthetic preparation of the patient, induction procedures, the monitoring of patients' vital signs during the anesthetic period, and postoperative care. Written by expert educators John A. Thomas and Philip Lerche, this trusted text prepares you for success in the classroom and on the Veterinary Technician National Exam (VTNE)." -- Provided by publisher.

Bill's Clinical pharmacology and therapeutics for veterinary technicians by Melinda J. Anderson Build the skills you need to use drugs safely and avoid potential problems! Trusted by vet techs for 30 years, this title helps you understand the principles and practice of pharmacology in treating different animal species.

Medical Mathematics and Dosage Calculations for Veterinary Technicians by Robert Bill This user-friendly guide to medical mathematics helps veterinary technician students develop the math skills required before going into the practice setting.  New workbook format allows readers to practice problems right inside the book Covers math fundamentals, metric and non-metric conversions, dosing and concentration, IV drug infusion, prescriptions, and doctors' orders Offers step-by-step instructions for performing calculations Newly expanded to include calculation of constant rate infusions, dilutions, compounding, and anesthesia applications Features a full answer key and images from the book in PowerPoint for instructors on a companion website "The text is organized to help readers with rudimentary math skills as well as those who just need a little review on how to perform medically related mathematical calculations....Overall, this is a well-organized textbook that will help students at all levels of mathematic competency navigate the sometimes-challenging area of medical calculations."- JAVMA Vol 255 No. 6  

Katakana flashcards "Learning Japanese? This flashcard set includes 71 Hiragana cards. The backs include the pronunciation, stroke order, and an example word" -- From website.

Heartstopper #2: a Graphic Novel by Alice Oseman (Illustrator) The second book in the delightfully sweet Heartstopper series, featuring beautiful two-color artwork! Now streaming on Netflix! Nick and Charlie are best friends, but one kiss has changed everything. In the aftermath, Charlie is sure that Nick isn't interested, but Nick is more confused than ever.Love works in surprising ways, and Nick comes to see the world from a new perspective. He discovers all sorts of things about his friends, his family... and himself.

Intermezzo by Sally Rooney AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER | A National Indie Bestseller Short-listed for the An Post Irish Book Awards Novel of the Year Finalist for the Barnes and Noble Book of the Year One of Publishers Weekly's Best Books of the Year An exquisitely moving story about grief, love, and family--but especially love--from the global phenomenon Sally Rooney. Aside from the fact that they are brothers, Peter and Ivan Koubek seem to have little in common. Peter is a Dublin lawyer in his thirties--successful, competent, and apparently unassailable. But in the wake of their father's death, he's medicating himself to sleep and struggling to manage his relationships with two very different women--his enduring first love, Sylvia, and Naomi, a college student for whom life is one long joke. Ivan is a twenty-two-year-old competitive chess player. He has always seen himself as socially awkward, a loner, the antithesis of his glib elder brother. Now, in the early weeks of his bereavement, Ivan meets Margaret, an older woman emerging from her own turbulent past, and their lives become rapidly and intensely intertwined. For two grieving brothers and the people they love, this is a new interlude--a period of desire, despair, and possibility; a chance to find out how much one life might hold inside itself without breaking.

All the Colors of the Dark: a Read with Jenna Pick by Chris Whitaker NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * From the author of We Begin at the End comes a soaring thriller and an epic love story that "hits like a sledgehammer . . . an absolutely must-read novel" (Gillian Flynn, author of Gone Girl). Read with Jenna Book Club Pick as Featured on Today The Boston Globe's #1 Thriller/Mystery of 2024 So Far A Washington Post and Kirkus Reviews Best Book of the Year "Kept me frantically turning the pages and somehow made me cry at the end . . . Brava!"--Kristin Hannah, author of The Women "Melds tense suspense with a powerful exploration of devotion, obsession, and love."--People (Best New Books) 1975 is a time of change in America. The Vietnam War is ending. Muhammad Ali is fighting Joe Frazier. And in the smalltown of Monta Clare, Missouri, girls are disappearing. When the daughter of a wealthy family is targeted, the most unlikely hero emerges--Patch, a local boy, who saves the girl, and, in doing so, leaves heartache in his wake. Patch and those who love him soon discover that the line between triumph and tragedy has never been finer. And that their search for answers will lead them to truths that could mean losing one another. A missing person mystery, a serial killer thriller, a love story, a unique twist on each, Chris Whitaker has written a novel about what lurks in the shadows of obsession and the blinding light of hope.

The Best American Short Stories 2023 by Min Jin Lee; Heidi Pitlor "Without stories, we cannot live well," shares guest editor Min Jin Lee, describing how storytelling affects and nurtures readers. The Best American Short Stories 2023 features twenty pieces of short fiction that reflect a world full of fractured relationships, but also wondrous hope. A lifelong friendship may become a casualty of the Russia-Ukraine war. Rejected by his lover, a man seeks to reconcile with his family. Twitter users miraculously muster enough empathy to help a lost cat find a forever home. Enlightening, poignant, and undeniably human, the stories in this anthology bravely confront societal darkness and offer, in Lee's words, "our emotional truths, restoring our sanity and providing comfort for the days ahead." The Best American Short Stories 2023 includes Cherline Bazile * Maya Binyam * Tom Bissell * Taryn Bowe * Da-Lin * Benjamin Ehrlich* Sara Freeman * Lauren Groff * Nathan Harris * Jared Jackson * Sana Krasikov * Danica Li * Ling Ma * Manuel Muñoz * Joanna Pearson * Souvankham Thammavongsa * Kosiso Ugwueze * Corinna Vallianatos * Azareen Van Der Vliet Oloomi * Esther Yi

The Women by Kristin Hannah A #1 bestseller on The New York Times, USA Today, Washington Post, and Los Angeles Times! From the celebrated author of The Nightingale and The Four Winds comes Kristin Hannah's The Women--at once an intimate portrait of coming of age in a dangerous time and an epic tale of a nation divided. Women can be heroes. When twenty-year-old nursing student Frances "Frankie" McGrath hears these words, it is a revelation. Raised in the sun-drenched, idyllic world of Southern California and sheltered by her conservative parents, she has always prided herself on doing the right thing. But in 1965, the world is changing, and she suddenly dares to imagine a different future for herself. When her brother ships out to serve in Vietnam, she joins the Army Nurse Corps and follows his path. As green and inexperienced as the men sent to Vietnam to fight, Frankie is over-whelmed by the chaos and destruction of war. Each day is a gamble of life and death, hope and betrayal; friendships run deep and can be shattered in an instant. In war, she meets--and becomes one of--the lucky, the brave, the broken, and the lost. But war is just the beginning for Frankie and her veteran friends. The real battle lies in coming home to a changed and divided America, to angry protesters, and to a country that wants to forget Vietnam. The Women is the story of one woman gone to war, but it shines a light on all women who put themselves in harm's way and whose sacrifice and commitment to their country has too often been forgotten. A novel about deep friendships and bold patriotism, The Women is a richly drawn story with a memorable heroine whose idealism and courage under fire will come to define an era.

First Lie Wins: Reese's Book Club by Ashley Elston REESE'S BOOK CLUB PICK | #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER "This fast-paced read has everything you could want in a thriller: secret identities, a mysterious boss and a cat & mouse game that kept me guessing the whole way through." --Reese Witherspoon Evie Porter has everything a nice Southern girl could want: a doting boyfriend, a house with a white picket fence, a tight group of friends. The only catch: Evie Porter doesn't exist. The identity comes first: Evie Porter. Once she's given a name and location by her mysterious boss, Mr. Smith, she learns everything there is to know about the town and the people in it. Then the mark: Ryan Sumner. The last piece of the puzzle is the job. Evie isn't privy to Mr. Smith's real identity, but she knows this job isn't like the others. Ryan has gotten under her skin, and she's starting to envision a different sort of life for herself. But Evie can't make any mistakes--especially after what happened last time. Evie Porter must stay one step ahead of her past while making sure there's still a future in front of her. The stakes couldn't be higher--but then, Evie has always liked a challenge. . . .

Funny Story by Emily Henry AN INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER! Named a Most Anticipated book of 2024 by TIME ∙ The New York Times ∙ Goodreads ∙ Entertainment Weekly ∙ Today ∙ Paste ∙ SheReads ∙ BookPage ∙ Woman's World ∙ The Nerd Daily and more! A shimmering, joyful new novel about a pair of opposites with the wrong thing in common, from #1 New York Times bestselling author Emily Henry. Daphne always loved the way her fiancé Peter told their story. How they met (on a blustery day), fell in love (over an errant hat), and moved back to his lakeside hometown to begin their life together. He really was good at telling it...right up until the moment he realized he was actually in love with his childhood best friend Petra.   Which is how Daphne begins her new story: Stranded in beautiful Waning Bay, Michigan, without friends or family but with a dream job as a children's librarian (that barely pays the bills), and proposing to be roommates with the only person who could possibly understand her predicament: Petra's ex, Miles Nowak.   Scruffy and chaotic--with a penchant for taking solace in the sounds of heart break love ballads--Miles is exactly the opposite of practical, buttoned up Daphne, whose coworkers know so little about her they have a running bet that she's either FBI or in witness protection. The roommates mainly avoid one another, until one day, while drowning their sorrows, they form a tenuous friendship and a plan. If said plan also involves posting deliberately misleading photos of their summer adventures together, well, who could blame them?   But it's all just for show, of course, because there's no way Daphne would actually start her new chapter by falling in love with her ex-fiancé's new fiancée's ex...right?

It Ends with Us by Colleen Hoover NOW A MAJOR MOTION PICTURE STARRING BLAKE LIVELY AND JUSTIN BALDONI! From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of It Starts with Us and All Your Perfects, a "brave and heartbreaking novel that digs its claws into you and doesn't let go, long after you've finished it" (Anna Todd, New York Times bestselling author) about a workaholic with a too-good-to-be-true romance who can't stop thinking about her first love. Lily hasn't always had it easy, but that's never stopped her from working hard for the life she wants. She's come a long way from the small town where she grew up--she graduated from college, moved to Boston, and started her own business. And when she feels a spark with a gorgeous neurosurgeon named Ryle Kincaid, everything in Lily's life seems too good to be true. Ryle is assertive, stubborn, maybe even a little arrogant. He's also sensitive, brilliant, and has a total soft spot for Lily. And the way he looks in scrubs certainly doesn't hurt. Lily can't get him out of her head. But Ryle's complete aversion to relationships is disturbing. Even as Lily finds herself becoming the exception to his "no dating" rule, she can't help but wonder what made him that way in the first place. As questions about her new relationship overwhelm her, so do thoughts of Atlas Corrigan--her first love and a link to the past she left behind. He was her kindred spirit, her protector. When Atlas suddenly reappears, everything Lily has built with Ryle is threatened. An honest, evocative, and tender novel, It Ends with Us is "a glorious and touching read, a forever keeper. The kind of book that gets handed down" (USA TODAY).

It Starts with Us by Colleen Hoover This riveting sequel to the "glorious and touching" (USA TODAY) #1 New York Times bestseller picks up where It Ends with Us concluded and shares what happens next for Lily and Atlas. Lily and her ex-husband, Ryle, have just settled into a civil coparenting rhythm when she suddenly bumps into her first love, Atlas, again. After nearly two years separated, she is elated that for once, time is on their side, and she immediately says yes when Atlas asks her on a date. But her excitement is quickly hampered by the knowledge that, though they are no longer married, Ryle is still very much a part of her life--and Atlas Corrigan is the one man he will hate being in his ex-wife and daughter's life. Switching between the perspectives of Lily and Atlas, It Starts with Us picks up right where the epilogue for the "gripping, pulse-pounding" (Sarah Pekkanen, New York Times bestselling author ) bestselling phenomenon It Ends with Us left off. Revealing more about Atlas's past and following Lily as she embraces a second chance at true love while navigating a jealous ex-husband, it proves that "no one delivers an emotional read like Colleen Hoover" (Anna Todd, New York Times bestselling author).

The Paradise Problem by Christina Lauren Christina Lauren, the instant New York Times bestselling and "reigning romance queens" (PopSugar), returns with a delicious new romance between the buttoned-up heir of a grocery chain and his free-spirited artist ex as they fake their relationship in order to receive a massive inheritance. Anna Green thought she was marrying Liam "West" Weston for access to subsidized family housing while at UCLA. She also thought she'd signed divorce papers when the graduation caps were tossed, and they both went on their merry ways. Three years later, Anna is a starving artist living paycheck to paycheck while West is a Stanford professor. He may be one of four heirs to the Weston Foods conglomerate, but he has little interest in working for the heartless corporation his family built from the ground up. He is interested, however, in his one-hundred-million-dollar inheritance. There's just one catch. Due to an antiquated clause in his grandfather's will, Liam won't see a penny until he's been happily married for five years. Just when Liam thinks he's in the home stretch, pressure mounts from his family to see this mysterious spouse, and he has no choice but to turn to the one person he's afraid to introduce to his one-percenter parents--his unpolished, not-so-ex-wife. But in the presence of his family, Liam's fears quickly shift from whether the feisty, foul-mouthed, paint-splattered Anna can play the part to whether the toxic world of wealth will corrupt someone as pure of heart as his surprisingly grounded and loyal wife. Liam will have to ask himself if the price tag on his flimsy cover story is worth losing true love that sprouted from a lie.

Sistah Shark. Volume 1 by Christopher Caravalho "From the pages of ʻAumākua in her very own series!"-- Cover.

Hawaii by Sara Benson; Conner Gorry; Amy Balfour "It's easy to see why Hawaii has become synonymous with paradise. Just look around at the sugary beaches, Technicolor coral reefs and volcanoes ready for adventure." - Sara Benson, Lonely Planet Writer Our Promise You can trust our travel information because Lonely Planet authors visit the places we write about, each and every edition. We never accept freebies for positive coverage, and you can rely on us to tell it like we see it. Inside This Book... 8 fun-and-sun loving authors24 itineraries179 beachesMiles of hiking trailsInspirational photosClear, easy-to-use mapsOutdoor activities chapterIn-depth backgroundComprehensive planning toolsEasy-to-read layout

Imingaisha by Alan T. Moriyama

Paradise News by David Lodge

Amy Greenwell's Ethnobotanical Guide to Native Hawaiian Plants by Amy Beatrice Holdsworth Greenwell; Noa Lincoln (Compiled by); Peter Van Dyke (Contribution by)

Arapeta by Peter Tashkoff Arapeta. A story of greed, ambition and power versus honor, self sacrifice and courage. In the distant future, the tribal villagers of the planet Aotea have carelessly exposed a glimmer of their hitherto hidden wealth of pounamu, the most sought after commodity in the known worlds. Their peaceful agricultural existence is slaughtered as powerful nations join the fight to take by force what is not theirs. The tale is told through the eyes of the main characters, including Arapeta, a courageous young warrior; de Percey, a keen Confederacy officer; Riki, a scheming, unscrupulous birdman; Logan, a brilliant, calculating ruler; and Madam Tapatahi, a capable and ambitious battler. This exciting and thought provoking book has wide appeal, exploring many themes from culture, politics and greed, to loyalty and romance.

Gathering Moss by Robin Wall Kimmerer Living at the limits of our ordinary perception, mosses are a commonbut largely unnoticed element of the natural world. GatheringMoss is a beautifully written mix of science and personalreflection that invites readers to explore and learn from the elegantlysimple lives of mosses.

Rainbow Revolutions by Jamie Lawson; Eve Lloyd Knight (Illustrator) Around one o'clock in the morning on June 28, 1969, police raided the Stonewall Inn, a gay bar in New York, sparking days of intense rioting. What happened at Stonewall sent shockwaves around the world, and became a defining moment for the LGBTQ+ community. From the impassioned speeches of bold activists Karl Ulrichs and Audre Lorde to the birth of Pride and queer pop culture, Rainbow Revolutions charts the dramatic rise of the LGBTQ+ rights movement, and celebrates the courageous individuals who stood up and demanded recognition. With bold and beautiful illustrations by pop artist Eve Lloyd Knight.

Rarotonga's Mountain tracks and plants: a field guide by Gerald McCormack "Field guide to six mountain tracks on Rarotonga, the principal island of the Cook Islands, with synchronized maps and descriptions. A hundred plants are briefly described and illustrated ..."--Summary.

175 years at Washington Place by State Foundation on Culture and the Arts (Hawaii)

Alternative methods for disposal of sewage effluent at Kaneohe Bay relative to Hawaii water quality standards by Brian L. Gray

Directory of State, County, and Federal officials.

Hawaii: fiftieth star by A. Grove Day

He Mo'olelo 'Aina by Kepa Maly (Interviewer); Mona Shibuya (Interviewee); Janice Trinidad (Interviewee); Leimomi Morgan (Interviewer); Onaona Maly; Thelma Genevieve Parish (Interviewee); Arline Wainaha Ku'uleialoha Brede Eaton (Interviewee); Harry Alama (Interviewee); Mark Kahalekulu (Interviewee); Roxanne Marie Tagama (Interviewee); Jose Dayanan (Interviewee); Barbara Shibuya (Interviewee) Haseko presents this Honouliuli study in an effort to advance the goal of educating the Honouliuli community about the land's history in order to preserve it. This book is a brief overview of a study that incorporates a wide range of historical literature describing Honouliuli Ahupua'a that has been gathered over the last 20 years by Kepa and Onaona Maly.

Ono Hawaiian Shark Recipes by Alvin Tachibana

Snorkeler's Guide to the Fishes of Hanauma Bay by John E. Randall

Speaking, Relating, and Learning by Stephen T. Boggs; Karen Watson Gegeo (As told to); Georgia McMillen (As told to) Quoting actual dialogue, the volume describes modes of speaking in three contemporary Hawaiian communities as children relate to parents, siblings, and peers. It demonstrates in detail the link to educational practice and to point to positive consequences in the handling of cultural differences in language use.

The legacy lives on by Muriel Morgan Gehrman

The Power of the Stone by Shiho S. Nunes; Herb Kawainui Kane (Illustrator)

Tsunami! by Walter C. Dudley; Min Lee

Tsunamis in Hawai'i by Walter C. Dudley

Anatomy of Domestic Animals by C. Pasquini; T. L. Spurgeon

Introduction to Animal Science by W. Stephen Damron This fourth edition features the most comprehensive, up-to-date coverage of the traditional disciplines that are so essential to a solid foundation in animal science: nutrition, digestion, feeds, genetics, reproduction, disease, and animal behavior.

Medicine and Therapy

Reimagining Capitalism in a World on Fire by Rebecca Henderson A renowned Harvard professor debunks prevailing orthodoxy with a new intellectual foundation and a practical pathway forward for a system that has lost its moral and ethical foundation. Free market capitalism is one of humanity's greatest inventions and the greatest source of prosperity the world has ever seen. But this success has been costly. Capitalism is on the verge of destroying the planet and destabilizing society as wealth rushes to the top. The time for action is running short. Rebecca Henderson's rigorous research in economics, psychology, and organizational behavior, as well as her many years of work with companies around the world, give us a path forward. She debunks the worldview that the only purpose of business is to make money and maximize shareholder value. She shows that we have failed to reimagine capitalism so that it is not only an engine of prosperity but also a system that is in harmony with environmental realities, the striving for social justice, and the demands of truly democratic institutions. Henderson's deep understanding of how change takes place, combined with fascinating in-depth stories of companies that have made the first steps towards reimagining capitalism, provide inspiring insight into what capitalism can be. Together with rich discussions of important role of government and how the worlds of finance, governance, and leadership must also evolve, Henderson provides the pragmatic foundation for navigating a world faced with unprecedented challenge, but also with extraordinary opportunity for those who can get it right.

Revealing Male Bodies by Nancy Tuana (Editor); William Cowling (Editor) Revealing Male Bodies is intended to be the first scholarly collection that directly confronts male lived experience. There has been an explosion of work in men's studies, masculinity issues, and male sexuality, as well as a growing literature exploring female embodiment. Missing from the current literature, however, is a sustained analysis of the phenomenology of male gendered bodies. Revealing Male Bodies addresses this omission by examining how male bodies are physically and experientially constituted by the economic, theoretical, and social practices in which men are immersed.Philosophies of embodiment, such as the work of Maurice Merleau-Ponty, had as a fundamental goal rejecting dualistic philosophy by reconnecting mind and body. An important step in rejecting the mind/body dichotomy was taking seriously the body as the nexus of human experience and understanding. As significant as were these early analyses and their critiques of traditional philosophies of the body, they nevertheless failed in one important respect by assuming a generic, gender neutral body.Elizabeth Grosz provides the first comprehensive overview of philosophies of the body challenging theorists to consider the full import of gender in Volatile Bodies: Toward a Corporeal Feminism (Indiana University Press, 1994). The small but growing literature on embodiment that attends to gender addresses the particularities of female experience, for example, the phenomenological work of Iris Young (Throwing like a Girl and Other Essays in Feminist Philosophy and Social Theory (Indiana University Press, 1990)). The most recent feminist explorations of gendered female bodies have begun to reveal the epistemological and metaphysical relevance of the particularity of embodiment. Susan Bordo, in her article "Reading Male Bodies," is the first theorist to investigate male embodiment employing a feminist analysis. Building upon Bordo's work, Revealing Male Bodies consciously responds to the challenge raised by feminist theorists to explore the experience of male lives.Contributors include Susan Bordo, William Cowling, Terry Goldie, Maurice Hamington, Don Ihde, Greg Johnson, Bjšrn Krondorfer, Alphonso Lingis, Terrance MacMullan, Patrick McGann, Paul McIlvenny, Jim Perkinson, Steven P. Schacht, Richard Schmitt, Nancy Tuana, Craig L. Wilkins, and John Zuern.

King Richard III by David Scott Kastan (Series edited by); H. R. Woudhuysen (Series edited by); Richard Proudfoot (Series edited by); William Shakespeare; James R. Siemon (Editor); Ann Thompson (Series edited by) Richard III is one of the great Shakespearean characters and roles. James R Siemon examines the attraction of this villain to audiences and focuses on how beguiling, even funny, he can be, especially in the earlier parts of the play. Siemon also places King Richard III in its historical context; as Elizabeth I had no heirs the issue of succession was a very real one for Shakespeare's audience. The introduction is well-illustrated and provides a comprehensive account of the play and of critical approaches to it. The edition also provides a clear and authoritative playtext, edited to the most rigorous standards of scholarship, with detailed notes and commentary on the same page. With a wealth of helpful and incisive commentary the Arden Shakespeare is the finest edition of Shakespeare you can find, giving a deeper understanding and appreciation of his work.

Science of Pacific Island Peoples by John Morrison (editor); Paul Geraghty (editor); Linda Crowl (editor)

The Sacred Wisdom of the Native Americans by Larry J. Zimmerman Despite their many differences, all Native Americans share a profound appreciation of the cycles of nature and a belief in the cosmic interconnectedness of all things. Professor Larry J. Zimmerman tells the tragic tale of their conquest and dispossession, followed by their survival against the odds and the renewal of pride in a distinctive cultural heritage. Learn about American Indian traditions and the history behind them that create a unique Native American identity. Their crafts and their reverence for the land are also both described in detail - inspiring us to turn our thoughts to the natural world and our own place in it.

Traditional items and properties of a household, clan, and village by Palau Society of Historians

VT coach by Richard C. Nap (editor)

Moomin Book Two by Tove Jansson In the second volume of Tove Jansson's humorous yet melancholic Moomin comic strip, we get four new stories about jealousy, competition, child rearing, and self-reinvention. The Moomins try to hibernate in the fashion of their ancestors but insomnia places them smack-dab into a winter carnival with the winter-sports-loving Mr. Brisk. The fickle and eternally lovestruck Mymble and Snorkmaiden find themselves in competition over a thrilling new man. Moominmamma meets her new neighbor, the Fillyjonk, causing her to hire the depressed and secretive Misabel as her new maid. Mymble's mother arrives on the Moomin family's doorstep with her seventeen new children. Finally, a prophet arrives on the scene declaring that the happy Moomins are in fact not happy at all and need to get back to nature and be free. Moomin, of course, becomes more and more miserable the freer he gets.

Language Files by Georgios Tserdanelis; Wai Yi; Peggy Wong; Ohio State University, Department of Linguistics Staff While continuing to keep each chapter independent to allow maximum flexibility for teaching and learning, the ninth edition of Language Files has improved the organization within each chapter by adding an introduction file at the beginning. The introduction file provides an overview of the subfield of linguistics to be studied, as well as the specific topics to be discussed.

Writing and developing college textbook supplements by Mary Ellen Lepionka

Writing and Developing Your College Textbook, Second Edition by Mary Ellen Lepionka This is the comprehensively revised second edition of a popular professional book on textbook writing and finding one's way in the higher education publishing world--for academic authors and editors, college instructors, and instructional designers. The second edition has two new chapters on the latest industry trends--such as the pricing revolt, open access movement, and wiki-textbook phenomenon, and on the use of learning objectives to structure textbook package development. Every chapter features new sections, links, forms, models, or examples from an even greater range of college courses. Contains updated and expanded appendices, glossary entries, references, bibliography entries, and index. BISAC: Language Arts & Disciplines/Authorship and Publishing

Daughters of Fire by Tom Peek; John D. Dawson (Illustrator); Herb Kawainui Kane (Illustrator) Daughters of Fire is a gripping adventure of romance, intrigue, myth and murder set amid the cultural tensions of contemporary Hawaii. A visiting astronomer falls in love with a Hawaiian anthropologist who guides him into a Polynesian world of volcanoes, gods and revered ancestors. The lovers get caught up in murder and intrigue as developers and politicians try to conceal that a long-dormant volcano is rumbling back to life above the hotel-laden Kona coast. The anthropologist joins forces with an aging seer and a young activist, and these three Hawaiian women summon their deepest traditions to confront the latest, most extravagant resort as the eruption and the murder expose deep rifts in paradise. More than a decade in its research and writing, Tom Peek's mystical and provocative debut novel picks up Hawaii's story where James Michener left off. Daughters of Fire illuminates how the islands' transformation into a tourist mecca and developers gold mine sparked a Native Hawaiian movement to reclaim their culture, protect sacred land, and step into the future with wisdom and aloha. Winner, 2013 Benjamin Franklin Silver Finalist Award for Popular Fiction from the Independent Book Publishers Association "Places come alive for the reader on every page of this taut, deftly constructed novel. . . . Peek is a storyteller extraordinaire, cut from an older cloth seldom seen today." -- Susan Y. Najita, The Contemporary Pacific "From the historical to the scientific, the spiritual to the political, to corruption and eruptions, this carefully researched thriller MUST be made into a film!" -- Victoria Mudd, Academy Award winning producer of "Broken Rainbow" and "Tibet: Cry of the Snow Lion" "This is a book about power and justice . . . one of the most factually aware novels I've come across." -- Anthony Pignataro, Maui Time Weekly "Tom Peek's understanding of place, culture, and current issues is deep and respectful . . . this is a terrific read." -- Maile Meyer, founder of Native Books / Na Mea Hawaii "A page-turning thriller on the surface, a deep meditation on culture one level down, a spiritual tour-de-force at the core." -- Arthur Rosenfeld, tai chi master, television host and novelist "Tom Peek has lived a life worthy of Melville, Twain and Stevenson. . . . The book, with multiple plotlines . . . has drawn comparisons to Michener's Hawaii." -- John Burnett, Hawaii Tribune-Herald "An epic tale . . . steeped in culture, mythology, and spirituality." -- Misty-Lynn Sanico, HawaiiReads.com "Tight, gripping drama that exalts the power and mystery of nature over the supremacy of man. For anyone who can see and feel and know there is sacred all around us." -- Nelson Ho, past chair, Sierra Club Hawai'i Chapter "Takes us into the spiritual and cultural depths of Hawaiian traditions, masterfully presenting a worldview that deserves our consideration as rampant development threatens to destroy traditional cultures worldwide." -- Edwin Bernbaum, author of Sacred Mountains of the World

Mauna Kea: a Novel of Hawai'i by Tom Peek; John D. Dawson (Drawings by) Winner of the 2024 Nautilus Award for Small Press Fiction! A boundary-bridging novel that will surprise, captivate, and movereaders who thought they knew Hawaiʻi; an age-old story of healing a searedheart and finding home.  Mauna Kea: A Novel of Hawai'i is a gripping tale of clashingpassions--science and spirituality, vengeance and compassion, fear andcourage--set atop Hawaiʻi's 14,000-foot Mauna Kea, realm of revered goddessesand star-wise explorers. A young vagabond running from America'sturmoil is forced to confront his own grief and rage on an embattled holymountain in the Pacific. There he encounters a mysterious domain of ancientmountain deities and the Native Hawaiians who revere them, including two wiseelders who take him under their wings and a young woman with a world-wearyheart akin to his own.  Through his startling experiences with them--and a motleycadre of other islanders--he learns the power of aloha anddiscovers an untapped reservoir of faith and courage that rekindles his hope inhimself and in the world we share. Includes an illustrated map and 12 original pen-and-ink drawings made especially for the novel by John D. Dawson

Hawaii; a literary chronicle by W. Storrs Lee A collection of fifty-four narratives - historical chronicles, poems, eyewitness accounts, and fiction - about Hawaii by many authors including David Malo, Opukahaia, Abraham Fornander, Thomas G. Thrum, James A. Michener, Alfred, Lord Tennyson, Lucy G. Thurston, Richard Henry Dana, Manley Hopkins, Mark Twain, Robert Louis Stevenson, Jack London, W. Somerset Maugham and others.

Hawaiian royal orders: insignia, classes, regulations, and members by Gordon Medcalf

Art of Polynesia by John C. Edler; George Fuller (Editor); Jim Buckley (Photographer); Terence Barrow (Introduction by)

Community Cats by Anne Beall It all started when a rat ran over a family member's foot and Anne Beall began a journey into the world of feral cats. Beall had experienced rat problems for a long time. Then a neighbor told her about a program called Cats at Work, where one could get feral cats who would take care of the rat problem. In Community Cats, she tells how she entered the world of feral cats when she signed up for the Chicago Cats at Work program with Tree House Humane Society. Tree House practices TNVR (trap-neuter-vaccinate-return), and they trapped, neutered, vaccinated, and relocated a feral cat colony to Beall's home. She narrates what she learned about the unique world of feral cats and about the people who are involved with feral cats and who advocate for them. Community Cats shares the story of what initially began as a creative solution to a rat problem and became a journey that led her to interview other colony caretakers and leaders in the TNVR movement. She learned about how feral cats live, how they relate to one another, and how they relate to their caretakers. She also conducted survey research on Americans attitudes toward stray cats, TNVR programs, and spaying/neutering. Beall learned that feral-cat programs have a huge impact on the caretakers of the colonies, on the neighbors, on the community, and on the cats themselves, and she details those findings in Community Cats.

Paradise Camp by Yuki Kihara; Natalie King (Editor) Interdisciplinary artist Yuki Kihara is the first Pasifika and first Fáfafineartist to be presented by New Zealand at the prestigious 59th InternationalArt Exhibition at the Venice Biennale. With a groundbreaking exhibition ofnew work that addresses some of the most pressing issues of our time,Kihara's work interrogates and dismantles gender roles, consumerism,(mis)representation, and colonial legacies in the Pacific. Edited by NatalieKing, who has commissioned provocative essays by contributors fromaround the world, this publication contextualizes Kihara's works from herentire career, which puncture and expose, queer and question dominantnarratives, turning history on its head. 

The island civilizations of Polynesia by Robert C. Suggs Where did the Polynesians come from? Why did they leave their original homeland? How did they find their way across the open sea to unknown lands? Did they ever set foot on South American soil? These are just some of the questions anthropologist Robert C. Suggs deals with in this challenging culture history of the Polynesians whose accomplishments in the field of navigation rank with the greatest maritime achievements in human history.

Lei and the Invisible Island by Malia Maunakea An exciting follow-up to Lei and the Fire Goddess features a mysterious, invisible island, dangerous spirits, and a newcomer who does not need Lei's help...or does she? It turns out that curses are real. After saving her best friend and ancestral guardian, Kaipo, from Pele the fire goddess's traps and successfully preventing lava from destroying her tūtū's house, all Lei wants to do is take a nap. The only problem? Kaipo's ʻaumakua pendant is missing, and without it, he will soon rot . . . emotionally and physically. So Lei, Kaipo, the shapeshifting bat Ilikea, and newcomer Kaukahi-a fiercely independent fashionista-set off on a journey to an invisible island where they hope to find Kaipo's pendant. To get there, they'll have to jump off the edge of their world, contend with sharks, and cross an ocean. And when they arrive? The crew realizes that the missing pendant is the least of their problems. For there are evil spirits gathering, and they're out for blood. In this exciting follow-up to Lei and the Fire Goddess, Malia Maunakea crafts a tale about friendship, family, culture, and what it means to forgive each other and yourself.

You're That Bitch by Bretman Rock "This book is hilarious and that bitch made me laugh out loud."--Chelsea Handler A chaotically joyous collection of essays from one of the original influencers and the internet's sweetheart, Bretman "The Baddest" Rock. Hilarious and earnest, this collection of essays, and never-before-seen photos goes far beyond what we know of Bretman Rock from social media. Who is Bretman Rock Sacayanan behind the screen and how did he become the original superstar influencer and today's beloved best friend of the internet? You're That Bitch welcomes you into Bretman Rock's world--from how his childhood in the Philippines, his family, Filipino culture, and being a first-generation immigrant helped shape him into who he is today. Peek into how Bretman became a social media sensation at the precocious age of 14, balancing living a glamorous jet-setting lifestyle on weekends while still serving lunch at his school's cafeteria, running as a varsity track-star, and making honor roll during the week. With his signature honesty, this is an unfiltered and unprecedented look at what it means to be one of the first digital celebrities and that bitch---from dealing with cancel culture, drama and heartbreak, to what it means to love yourself and your community.  From the funniest and undeniably cutest person on the internet, this is a book for the weirdos and for the bad bitches . . . this book is for you!  

ʻOpe kāleka hakalama

Hawaiian soul by 'Aina Paikai "George Helm, a young Hawaiian musician must gain the support of kūpuna (elders) on the island of Maui to aid in the fight of protecting the neighboring island of Kahoʻolawe from military bombing. This narrative short-film biopic is a tribute to a leader and artist that used his voice to inspire a revolution of consciousness" -- Container.

Letter of Tahiti; masterpieces on black velvet by Bernard Davis

Hiragana flashcards "Learning Japanese? This flashcard set includes 71 Hiragana cards. The backs include the pronunciation, stroke order, and an example word" -- From website.

A history of the stamps of Hawaii by Pat Hogan

A residence in the Sandwich Islands by C. S. Stewart

He wahi olelo ao no ka piliolelo Hawaii by Charles McEwen Hyde

Journal of voyages and travels by the Rev. Daniel Tyerman and George Bennet, esq. : deputed from the London Missionary Society, to visit their various stations in the South Sea islands, China, India, &c. between the years 1821 and 1829 by Daniel Tyerman "The first part was written in conjunction with G. Bennet, but the latter part was entirely his own. It affords a graphic picture of the state of the London society missions at the period."--Dict. nat. biog.

Na hoike e ikeia'i o ka olelo i kapaia o ka Palapala Hemolele, o ka olelo ia a ke Akua : he mau olelo i hoikeia'ku i na haumana o ke kula nui i Lahainaluna by William Patterson Alexander

O ke aloha, ka makana kiekie : oia ka mea kiekie loa oi aku mamua o na mea eae o ke ao nei by Henry Drummond

Po'okela o Hawaii by Hawaiian Philatelic Society

Waikiki garden by Jane Comstock Book of poetry showing Hawaiian pageantry and history.

From Japan to Hawaii, my journey by Harvey Saburo Kawakami Biography of H. S. (Harvey Saburo) Kawakami who journeyed from Japan in 1912 to Kaua'i. He joined his older brother, Fukutaro, and his father, Fukujiro, at Port Allen, Fukutaro enrolled him at ‘Ele‘ele School to learn English, and in September 1913, Fukutaro sent H.S. to study at Mid-Pacific Institute on O‘ahu. He became the founder of Kauai’s Big Save Markets.

Fruits of Hawaii, description, nutritive value, and use by Carey D. Miller

Messengers of the Gods by James G. Cowan

Oceanic Art by Nicholas Thomas The dazzling colours and patterns of the art of the Pacific Islands have long entranced Western audiences, not least artists such as Gauguin and Picasso. The tendency has been to regard Oceanic art as 'primitive', mysterious and shrouded in taboo, but Nicholas Thomas, in looking at and beyond the familiar, stunning surfaces of masks and shields, carved canoe prows and feathered gods, discovers the significance of such objects, past and present, for the peoples of the Pacific.In this revised edition with a completely new chapter on globalization and contemporary art, he shows how each region is characterized by certain art forms and practices - among them Maori ancestral carvings, rituals of exchange and warfare in the Solomon Islands, the production of barkcloth by women in Polynesia - while also being shaped by influences from within the Pacific and beyond. The dynamism and diversity of this compelling art are highlighted by the works accompanying this revelatory text - from those that evoke deep-rooted customs to ones that address contemporary political issues, now illustrated in colour throughout.

Lord of the Haao Rain by Irving Jenkins Lord of the Haao Rain answers the hundred-year old mystery of who was interred in a tomb with fabulous Hawaiian ethnographic riches discovered in 1905 called Forbes Cave. This treasure, mistakenly sealed back in the cave in 2000, was removed in 2006 and secured in restricted museum storage where more than a decade later it remains awaiting resolution.Part One is the story of "Lord of the Haao Rain", the revered 18th century Hawaii Island Keawe dynasty ruling chief, Keouakuahuula, who repeatedly fought and consistently defeated the invading armies of his rebel cousin Kamehameha until Kamehameha assassinated him.Part Two identifies Forbes Cave as the 1789 tomb of Keouakuahuula, last ruling chief of the primary descendant line of the century-old Keawe dynasty. The treasures interred with him are identified here as his personal royal regalia and ceremonial articles for temple rites associated with this sacred ruling chief who was also last senior Keawe dynasty high-priest of the ancient Hawaii Island Lono order.

Lei Momi O 'Ewa by Sarah Keli'ilolena Nakoa; Jacob Hauoli Elarco (Editor) He wahi puke nō kēia e kākau ʻia e kahi wahine mānaleo kūpaʻa mau i ka ʻōlelo Hawaiʻ, ʻo ia hoʻi ʻo Sarah Keliʻilolena Nākoa. He kupa ua wahine lā o ka ʻāina nani lua ʻole ʻo ʻEwa. He puke nō kēia e haʻi ana i nā moʻolelo hoʻokaulana i ia wahi ʻo ʻEwa. Ua paʻi mua ʻia kēīa puke i ka makahiki 1979, a paʻi hou ʻia akula i ka makahiki 1993. He puke ʻōlelo Hawaiʻi wale nō kēia. ʻAʻole i unuhi ʻia ma ka ʻōlelo Pelekane. ʻO kekahi o nā moʻolelo i kākau ʻia i loko o nei puke, ʻo ia nō ʻo Ke Kiʻowai ʻo Honokawailani, Nā Pāpaʻi o nā ʻEwa, a ʻo Kaluaʻoʻopu. Lei Momi o ʻEwa, written by a beloved mānaleo and Hawaiian language teacher, Sarah Nākoa, tells the famous stories of the ʻEwa area. This book was first published in 1979, and published again in 1993. Lei Momi o ʻEwa is written only in Hawaiian with no English translation. Some stories in this book are Ke Kiʻowai ʻo Honokawailani, Nā Pāpaʻi o nā ʻEwa, and Kaluaʻoʻopu. -- from Publisher's website

Proposed Additions by Donovan Kuhio Colleps This new edition of the PROPOSED ADDITIONS features a perfect bound collection of acclaimed poet Donovan Kūhiō Colleps' documentary poetry collection.

The Thief in Chinatown by Masters, Elaine, author. Ruth Wong, her twin brother, Eddie, and their friend, Yumi, find a thief hiding in their Chinatown neighborhood. Although a reward is being offered for his capture, they don't turn him in. Instead they hide him. The adventure takes place in Honolulu in 1896.

The Pele Stories by Gabrielle Ahulii; Jing Jing Tsong (Illustrator); David Del Rocco (Translator) A collection of three Hawaiian legends written in English and Hawaiian: Pele Finds a Home, Hi'iaka Battles the Wind and Naupaka for kindergarten through second grade. These stories, written by elementary school librarian, Gabby Ahuli'i, introduce young kids to stories about Pele, the volcano goddess.Pele Finds a Home introduces kids to one of Hawai'i's best-known deities, the volcano goddess, whose power is still on view today on the Island of Hawai'i where K?lauea continues to erupt.Hi'iaka Battles the Wind introduces kids to Hi'iaka, Pele's sister, and tells the story of how she saved Waipi'o Valley from a vicious, destructive wind using her lightning p?'? (skirt).Naupaka introduces kids to one of Hawai'i's best-known love stories that explains why the native plant naupaka-which can be found on the beach and in the mountains-blooms only half a flower.In simple, poetic language, these stories give small kids a taste of Hawai'i's rich history of storytelling

Pua Polu by Winona Desha Beamer; Caren Keala Loebel-Fried (Illustrator); Kaliko Beamer-Trapp Bilingual text relates what happens when Pua, a Hawaiin morning glory, ignores her mother's advice and decides to stay awake all night.

Endangered Plants and Threatened Ecosystems on the Island of Hawaii by James Juvik Endangered Plants and Threatened Ecosystems on the Island of Hawai`i has just been released and is available at island bookstores. The full color, 64 page volume is co-authored by UHH Geography and Environmental Studies professor James Juvik along with recent UHH Geography graduates John Delay and Kealoha Kinney. Other book co-authors include UH Manoa Botany Professor Mark Merlin, Hilo state forester Lyman Perry and Big Island ecologist Mick Castello. The book project was an outgrowth of efforts by the US Fish and Wildlife Service and the State Division of Forestry and Wildlife (DOFAW) to involve both Big Island hunter organizations and environmentalists in co-operative efforts to improve understanding and strengthen conservation of the Island's unique and endangered native plant resources. The book includes chapters on the environmental factors controlling ecosystem distribution, current conservation efforts, endangered species laws and policies, and a field guide to selected endangered plant species, with ethno-botanical uses. Many photos and maps accompany the text. Readers will find information on access to public hiking areas in the various districts of the Big Island where native ecosystems can be visited.

The Puka Guide by Donovan M. Dela Cruz; Jodi Endo Chai Detailed guidebook covering hole-in-the-wall restaurants in Honolulu and around the island of Oahu.

The Choice by Edith Eva Eger A New York Times Bestseller "I'll be forever changed by Dr. Eger's story...The Choice is a reminder of what courage looks like in the worst of times and that we all have the ability to pay attention to what we've lost, or to pay attention to what we still have."--Oprah "Dr. Eger's life reveals our capacity to transcend even the greatest of horrors and to use that suffering for the benefit of others. She has found true freedom and forgiveness and shows us how we can as well." --Desmond Tutu, Nobel Peace Prize Laureate "Dr. Edith Eva Eger is my kind of hero. She survived unspeakable horrors and brutality; but rather than let her painful past destroy her, she chose to transform it into a powerful gift--one she uses to help others heal." --Jeannette Walls, New York Times bestselling author of The Glass Castle Winner of the National Jewish Book Award and Christopher Award At the age of sixteen, Edith Eger was sent to Auschwitz. Hours after her parents were killed, Nazi officer Dr. Josef Mengele, forced Edie to dance for his amusement and her survival. Edie was pulled from a pile of corpses when the American troops liberated the camps in 1945. Edie spent decades struggling with flashbacks and survivor's guilt, determined to stay silent and hide from the past. Thirty-five years after the war ended, she returned to Auschwitz and was finally able to fully heal and forgive the one person she'd been unable to forgive--herself. Edie weaves her remarkable personal journey with the moving stories of those she has helped heal. She explores how we can be imprisoned in our own minds and shows us how to find the key to freedom. The Choice is a life-changing book that will provide hope and comfort to generations of readers.

Understanding Islam by Bryan S. Turner Can we understand a religion without believing and practicing it? Can we have knowledge about faith? Can people understand those different from themselves? Can outsiders ever understand the world of insiders? Examining insider and outsider positions of knowledge Bryan S. Turner explores what understanding Islam entails. He argues that understanding Islam has in recent years been dominated by political events - the Iran Hostage crisis, the fall of the Iranian Shah, 9/11, Afghanistan and the foreign policy of Donald Trump - leading to western intellectuals and public figures, many of whom know nothing about Islam, suddenly becoming experts. Turner asks how they, or how anyone, can have the authority to speak on this subject. He brilliantly elucidates the questions and problems involved in the challenge of understanding religion.

Bali and Lombok by Ver Berkmoes, Ryan. #1 best-selling guide to Bali & Lombok* Lonely Planet Bali & Lombok is your passport to all the most relevant and up-to-date advice on what to see, what to skip, and what hidden discoveries await you. Get swept up in daily-occurring, fleeting temple processions with masked mythical creatures, find serenity at a lavish Balinese spa, and be dazzled by Legong lore-telling dancers; all with your trusted travel companion. Get to the heart of Bali & Lombok and begin your journey now! Inside Lonely Planet Bali & Lombok Travel Guide: Full-colour images throughout Highlights and itineraries show you the simplest way to tailor your trip to your own personal needs and interests Insider tips save you time and money and help you get around like a local, avoiding crowds and trouble spots Essential info at your fingertips - including hours of operation, phone numbers, websites, transit tips, and prices Honest reviews for all budgets - including eating, sleeping, sight-seeing, going out, shopping, and hidden gems that most guidebooks miss Cultural insights give you a richer and more rewarding travel experience - including customs, history, local life & religion, the arts, architecture, and environment Over 47 colour local maps Useful features - including Travel with Children, What's New, and Month-by-Month (annual festival calendar) Coverage of Kuta & Seminyak, South Bali & the Islands, Ubud & Around, East Bali, Central Mountains, North Bali, West Bali, Lombok, Gili Islands, and more The Perfect Choice: Lonely Planet Bali & Lombok, our most comprehensive guide to Bali & Lombok, is perfect for those planning to both explore the top sights and take the road less travelled. Looking for just the highlights of Bali? Check out Lonely Planet's Pocket Bali, a handy-sized guide focused on the can't-miss sights for a quick trip. Looking for more coverage? Check out Lonely Planet's Indonesia guide for a comprehensive look at what the whole country has to offer. Authors: Written and researched by Lonely Planet, Ryan Ver Berkmoes, and Adam Skolnick. About Lonely Planet: Started in 1973, Lonely Planet has become the world's leading travel guide publisher with guidebooks to every destination on the planet, as well as an award-winning website, a suite of mobile and digital travel products, and a dedicated traveller community. Lonely Planet's mission is to enable curious travellers to experience the world and to truly get to the heart of the places they find themselves in. TripAdvisor Travelers' Choice Awards 2012 and 2013 winner in Favorite Travel Guide category 'Lonely Planet guides are, quite simply, like no other.' - New York Times 'Lonely Planet. It's on everyone's bookshelves; it's in every traveller's hands. It's on mobile phones. It's on the Internet. It's everywhere, and it's telling entire generations of people how to travel the world.' - Fairfax Media (Australia) *Bestselling guide to Bali & Lombok Source: Nielsen Bookscan. Australia, UK and USA, April 2012 to March 2013.

Guatemala by Lucas Vidgen Lonely Planet: The world's leading travel guide publisher Lonely PlanetGuatemalais your passport to all the most relevant and up-to-date advice on what to see, what to skip, and what hidden discoveries await you. Explore the street markets of Chichicastenango, climb the radiant Maya ruins of Tikal or dip your toes in the ethereal Lago de Atitlan; all with your trusted travel companion. Get to the heart of Guatemala and begin your journey now! Inside Lonely Planet'sGuatemala Travel Guide: Colormaps and images throughout Highlightsand itineraries show you the simplest way to tailor your trip to your own personal needs and interests Insider tips save you time and money, and help you get around like a local, avoiding crowds and trouble spots Essential infoat your fingertips - including hours of operation, phone numbers, websites, transit tips, and prices Honest reviews for all budgets - including eating, sleeping, sight-seeing, going out, shopping, and hidden gems that most guidebooks miss Cultural insights give you a richer and more rewarding travel experience - including history, art, literature, Maya heritage, politics, landscapes, wildlife, and etiquette Over 46 maps Useful features - includingMaya Ruins Planning Feature, Off the Beaten Track Itinerary and Illustrated Map of Tikal Coverage of Antigua, Chichicastenango and other highland towns, Lago de Atitlan, Grutas de Lanquin, Semuc Champey, Tikal and other Maya ruins of El Peten, Pacific beaches, Guatemala City and more The Perfect Choice:Lonely PlanetGuatemala, our most comprehensive guide toGuatemala, is perfect for those planning to both explore the top sights and take the road less traveled. Looking for more extensive coverage? Check outLonely Planet'sCentral America on a Shoestring guide. Authors: Written and researched by Lonely Planet, Lucas Vidgen and Daniel C Schechter. About Lonely Planet: Started in 1973, Lonely Planet has become the world's leading travel guide publisher with guidebooks to every destination on the planet, as well as an award-winning website, a suite of mobile and digital travel products, and a dedicated traveler community. Lonely Planet's mission is to enable curious travelers to experience the world and to truly get to the heart of the places they find themselves in. TripAdvisor Travelers' Choice Awards 2012 and 2013 winner in Favorite Travel Guide category 'Lonely Planet guides are, quite simply, like no other.' -New York Times 'Lonely Planet. It's on everyone's bookshelves; it's in every traveller's hands. It's on mobile phones. It's on the Internet. It's everywhere, and it's telling entire generations of people how to travel the world.' - Fairfax Media (Australia)

Science of Pacific Island peoples by Edited by John Morrison, Paul Geraghty, Linda Crowl. v. 3. Fauna, flora, food, and medicine

Dirt, Undress, and Difference by Adeline Masquelier (Editor) "A magnificent volume! It offers brand new perspectives on body politics and identity or subjectivity formation in the post-colonial world." --Dorothy Ko, Barnard College While there is widespread interest in dress and hygiene as vehicles of cultural, moral, and political value, little scholarly attention has been paid to cross-cultural understandings of dirt and undress, despite their equally important role in the fashioning of identity and difference. The essays in this absorbing and thought-provoking collection contribute new insights into the neglected topics of bodily treatments and transgressions. In detailed ethnographic studies from around the world, the contributors recast assumptions about filth and nakedness, exploring how various forms of transgression associated with the body's surface are drawn up into relations of power and inequality. They demonstrate imaginatively how body surfaces are powerfully mobilized in the making and unmaking of moral worlds.

The Mueller Report by The Washington The Washington Post ONE OF TIME'S 100 BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR The Crucial #1 New York Times Bestseller "The Mueller report is that rare Washington tell-all that surpasses its pre-publication hype...the best book by far on the workings of the Trump presidency." --Carlos Lozada, The Washington Post The only book with exclusive analysis by the Pulitzer Prize-winning staff of The Washington Post, and the most complete and authoritative available. Read the findings of the Special Counsel's investigation into Russian interference in the 2016 election, complete with accompanying analysis by the Post reporters who've covered the story from the beginning. This edition from The Washington Post/Scribner contains: --The long-awaited Report On The Investigation Into Russian Interference In The 2016 Presidential Election --An introduction by The Washington Post titled "A President, a Prosecutor, and the Protection of American Democracy" --A timeline of the major events of the Special Counsel's investigation from May 2017, when Robert Mueller was appointed, to the report's delivery --A guide to individuals involved, including in the Special Counsel's Office, the Department of Justice, the FBI, the Trump Campaign, the White House, the Trump legal defense team, and the Russians --Key documents in the Special Counsel's investigation, including filings pertaining to General Michael T. Flynn, Paul Manafort, Michael Cohen, Roger Stone, and the Russian internet operation in St. Petersburg. Each document is introduced and explained by Washington Post reporters. One of the most urgent and important investigations ever conducted, the Mueller inquiry focuses on Donald Trump, his presidential campaign, and Russian interference in the 2016 election, and draws on the testimony of dozens of witnesses and the work of some of the country's most seasoned prosecutors. The special counsel's investigation looms as a turning point in American history. The Mueller Report is essential reading for all citizens concerned about the fate of the presidency and the future of our democracy.

Taonga Puoru - Singing Treasures by Flintoff Brian And to further breathe life into this book, the technical information about each instrument is interwoven with the stories and myths that belong to each instrument. In addition, instructions are given for making and playing these singing treasures, and there is an explanation of the art forms used in Maori carving.

Creative Wax Carving by E. Shapiro For both new and more experienced jewelers, this thorough class in wax carving teaches a fun, effective, and easy way to create beautiful pieces! Low maintenance and easy to do at home, wax carving requires just a handful of tools and inexpensive materials--and you can work on your kitchen table. Master jeweler and teacher Emilie Shapiro makes her hands-on techniques accessible to anyone, as she leads readers through the fundamentals, explaining how to make molds and multiple models with variations. With projects ranging from a very simple carved ring and tribal-inspired earrings to intermediate-level pieces like an Elephant Pendant, Snake Bangle, and Cuff Bracelet with a Bezel-Set Gemstone, this book is a must-have for every jeweler.

Wow, No Thank You by Samantha Irby #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * Lambda Literary Award for Bisexual Nonfiction Award Winner * A rip-roaring, edgy and unabashedly raunchy new collection of hilarious essays from the New York Times bestselling author of We Are Never Meeting in Real Life. "Stay-up-all-night, miss-your-subway-stop, spit-out-your-beverage funny." --Jia Tolentino, New York Times bestselling author of Trick Mirror Irby is forty, and increasingly uncomfortable in her own skin despite what Inspirational Instagram Infographics have promised her. She has left her job as a receptionist at a veterinary clinic, has published successful books and has been friendzoned by Hollywood, left Chicago, and moved into a house with a garden that requires repairs and know-how with her wife in a Blue town in the middle of a Red state where she now hosts book clubs and makes mason jar salads. This is the bourgeois life of a Hallmark Channel dream. She goes on bad dates with new friends, spends weeks in Los Angeles taking meetings with "tv executives slash amateur astrologers" while being a "cheese fry-eating slightly damp Midwest person," "with neck pain and no cartilage in [her] knees," who still hides past due bills under her pillow. The essays in this collection draw on the raw, hilarious particulars of Irby's new life. Wow, No Thank You. is Irby at her most unflinching, riotous, and relatable. Don't miss Samantha Irby's bestselling new book, Quietly Hostile!

Locked in Time by Dean R. Lomax; Robert Nicholls Fossils allow us to picture the forms of life that inhabited the earth eons ago. But we long to know more: how did these animals actually behave? We are fascinated by the daily lives of our fellow creatures--how they reproduce and raise their young, how they hunt their prey or elude their predators, and more. What would it be like to see prehistoric animals as they lived and breathed? From dinosaurs fighting to their deaths to elephant-sized burrowing ground sloths, this book takes readers on a global journey deep into the earth's past. Locked in Time showcases fifty of the most astonishing fossils ever found, brought together in five fascinating chapters that offer an unprecedented glimpse at the real-life behaviors of prehistoric animals. Dean R. Lomax examines the extraordinary direct evidence of fossils captured in the midst of everyday action, such as dinosaurs sitting on their eggs like birds, Jurassic flies preserved while mating, a T. rex infected by parasites. Each fossil, he reveals, tells a unique story about prehistoric life. Many recall behaviors typical of animals familiar to us today, evoking the chain of evolution that links all living things to their distant ancestors. Locked in Time allows us to see that fossils are not just inanimate objects: they can record the life stories of creatures as fully alive as any today. Striking and scientifically rigorous illustrations by renowned paleoartist Bob Nicholls bring these breathtaking moments to life.

The Emerald Planet by David Beerling Global warming is contentious and difficult to measure, even among the majority of scientists who agree that it is taking place. Will temperatures rise by 2ºC or 8ºC over the next hundred years? Will sea levels rise by 2 or 30 feet? The only way that we can accurately answer questions like these is by looking into the distant past, for a comparison with the world long before the rise of mankind. We may currently believe that atmospheric shifts, like global warming, result from our impact on the planet, but the earth's atmosphere has been dramatically shifting since its creation. This book reveals the crucial role that plants have played in determining atmospheric change - and hence the conditions on the planet we know today. Along the way a number of fascinating puzzles arise: Why did plants evolve leaves? When and how did forests once grow on Antarctica? How did prehistoric insects manage to grow so large? The answers show the extraordinary amount plants can tell us about the history of the planet -- something that has often been overlooked amongst the preoccuputations with dinosaur bones and animal fossils. David Beerling's surprising conclusions are teased out from various lines of scientific enquiry, with evidence being brought to bear from fossil plants and animals, computer models of the atmosphere, and experimental studies. Intimately bound up with the narrative describing the dynamic evolution of climate and life through Earth's history, we find Victorian fossil hunters, intrepid polar explorers and pioneering chemists, alongside wallowing hippos, belching volcanoes, and restless landmasses.

On Life : cells, genes, and the evolution of complexity by Franklin M. Harold Franklin M. Harold's On Life reveals what science can tell us about the living world. All creatures, from bacteria and redwoods to garden snails and humans, belong to a single biochemical family. We all operate by the same principles and are all made up of cells, either one or many. We flaunt capacities that far exceed those of inanimate matter, yet we stand squarely within the material world. So what is life, anyway? How do living things function, and how did they come into existence? Questions like these have baffled philosophers and scientists since antiquity, but over the past half-century answers have begun to emerge. Offering an inside look, Franklin M. Harold makes life accessible to readers interested in the biological big picture. The book traces how living things operate, focusing on the interplay of biology with physics and chemistry. He asserts that biology stands apart from the physical sciences because life revolves around organization-- that is, purposeful order. On Life aims to make life intelligible by giving readers an understanding of the biological landscape; it sketches the principles as biologists presently understand them and highlights major unresolved issues. What emerges is a biology bracketed by two stubborn mysteries: the nature of the mind and the origin of life. This portrait of biology is comprehensible but inescapably complex, internally consistent, and buttressed by a wealth of factual knowledge.

Collection of Neutraceutical Plants at Bioprocessing Medicinal Garden Complex by Ingelia White Neutraceutical plant list, descriptions, garden map and food pharmacy.

Bloom : from food to fuel, the epic story of how algae can save our world / Ruth Kassinger. by Kassinger, Ruth, 1954- author. Say "algae" and most people think of pond scum. What they don't know is that without algae, none of us would exist. There are as many algae on earth as stars in the universe, and they have been essential to life on our planet for aeons. Algae created our oxygen-rich atmosphere, abundant oceans and coral reefs. Crude oil is made of dead algae, and algae are the ancestors of all plants. Today, seaweed production is a multi-billion-dollar industry, with algae hard at work to make your sushi, chocolate milk, beer, paint, toothpaste, shampoo and so much more. Delving into science and history, in this revelatory book Ruth Kassinger takes readers on an around-the-world, behind-the-scenes, and into-the-kitchen tour. We'll meet the algae innovators working towards a sustainable future: from seaweed farmers in South Korea, to scientists using it to clean the dead zones in our waterways, to the entrepreneurs fighting to bring algae fuel and plastics to market. Whether you thought algae was just the gunk in your fish tank or you eat seaweed with your porridge, Bloom will overturn everything you thought you knew about these little green cells and the immense power that they hold. This could be the future of our rapidly changing world.

Butts by Heather Radke "Winning, cheeky, and illuminating....What appears initially as a folly with a look-at-this cover and title becomes, thanks to Radke's intelligence and curiosity, something much meatier, entertaining, and wise." --The Washington Post "Lively and thorough, Butts is the best kind of nonfiction." --Esquire, Best Books of 2022 A "carefully researched and reported work of cultural history" (The New York Times) that explores how one body part has influenced the female--and human--experience for centuries, and what that obsession reveals about our lives today. Whether we love them or hate them, think they're sexy, think they're strange, consider them too big, too small, or anywhere in between, humans have a complicated relationship with butts. It is a body part unique to humans, critical to our evolution and survival, and yet it has come to signify so much more: sex, desire, comedy, shame. A woman's butt, in particular, is forever being assessed, criticized, and objectified, from anxious self-examinations trying on jeans in department store dressing rooms to enduring crass remarks while walking down a street or high school hallways. But why? In Butts: A Backstory, reporter, essayist, and RadioLab contributing editor Heather Radke is determined to find out. Spanning nearly two centuries, this "whip-smart" (Publishers Weekly, starred review) cultural history takes us from the performance halls of 19th-century London to the aerobics studios of the 1980s, the music video set of Sir Mix-a-Lot's "Baby Got Back" and the mountains of Arizona, where every year humans and horses race in a feat of gluteal endurance. Along the way, she meets evolutionary biologists who study how butts first developed; models whose measurements have defined jean sizing for millions of women; and the fitness gurus who created fads like "Buns of Steel." She also examines the central importance of race through figures like Sarah Bartmann, once known as the "Venus Hottentot," Josephine Baker, Jennifer Lopez, and other women of color whose butts have been idolized, envied, and despised. Part deep dive reportage, part personal journey, part cabinet of curiosities, Butts is an entertaining, illuminating, and thoughtful examination of why certain silhouettes come in and out of fashion--and how larger ideas about race, control, liberation, and power affect our most private feelings about ourselves and others.

Collection of nutraceutical plants at bioprocessing medicinal garden complex : international vegetarian recipes by Ingelia White (Editor, Arranged by, Concept by, Cover Design by, Created by, Series edited by) The series contains 3 parts. Part 1: Antimicrobial research and vitamin B analysis. Part 2: Nutraceutical product protocols. Part 3: Food pharmacy recipes

Animal restraint for veterinary professionals by Sheldon, C. C., author "Master proven techniques for the handling and restraint of common animals! Providing clear guidelines to each procedure, Animal Restraint for Veterinary Professionals, 3rd Edition includes photos showing the exact steps needed to achieve safe restraint of animals seen in the veterinary clinic and visited on farm calls. Separate chapters are devoted to each domestic animal species, including cats, dogs, cattle, horses, sheep, goats, pigs, rabbits, rodents, ferrets, and birds. This edition adds descriptions of new restraint techniques for cats, dogs, and other species. Written by expert veterinary technician instructors C.C. Sheldon, and James A. Topel, this practical guide also includes a chapter on knot tying!"-- Provided by publisher

Clinical Anatomy and Physiology for Veterinary Technicians by Thomas P. Colville; Joanna M. Bassert **Selected for Doody's Core Titles® 2024 with "Essential Purchase" designation in Veterinary Nursing & Technology** Start your veterinary technician education off on the right foot with Clinical Anatomy and Physiology for Veterinary Technicians, 4th Edition. Combining expert clinical coverage with engaging writing and vivid illustrations, this popular text is the key to understanding the anatomic and physiologic principles that will carry you throughout your career. In addition to its comprehensive coverage of the diverse ways in which animal bodies function at both the systemic and cellular levels, this textbook features a variety of helpful application boxes, vocabulary lists, and Test Yourself questions in every chapter to ensure you have a firm grasp of anatomic structure and its relevance to clinical practice. Clinical Application boxes throughout the text demonstrate the clinical relevance of anatomic and physiologic principles. Chapter outlines summarize the contents of each chapter at the major concept level. Test Yourself questions recap important information that appeared in the preceding section. Comprehensive glossary at the end of the text provides concise definitions and phonetic pronunciations of terms. NEW and UPDATED! Hundreds of high-quality, full color illustrations detail anatomic structures to enhance your understanding of their functions. NEW! Student chapter review questions on the Evolve companion website help reinforce key topics in each chapter.

Mosby's Comprehensive Review for Veterinary Technicians by Monica M. Tighe; Marg Brown Whether they're a new vet tech student or reviewing for the certification exam, Mosby's Comprehensive Review for Veterinary Technicians, 4th Edition is the ideal review tool to help students master critical concepts and pass the VTNE. Now in full color, this edition features a user-friendly outline format that helps break down information visually. Coverage reinforces key concepts in basic and clinical sciences, clinical applications, patient management and nutrition, anesthesia and pharmacology, medical and surgical nursing, and critical care, plus new information on pain management. To ensure the most meaningful review, the Evolve site features a study mode that includes 500 review questions and an exam mode that offers a computer-based testing environment similar to what students will encounter when taking the VTNE. Comprehensive coverage includes all areas of veterinary technology, such as: basic and clinical sciences; clinical applications; patient management, nursing and nutrition; anesthesia and pharmacology; and professional practices and issues. Comprehensive review exam at the end of the text contains 350 questions that provide you with a solid review of the vet tech curriculum and the information you need to know to pass the VTNE. User-friendly outline format is conducive to classification and grouping of material, which helps you retain the content. Coverage of dogs, cats, large animals, birds, reptiles, and laboratory animals ensures you are prepared for all aspects of the national board examination. Summarized concepts and procedures are highlighted in boxes and tables to support visual learners. Student-friendly chapter format contains a chapter outline, learning outcomes, a glossary, and review questions. Appendix of veterinary technician resources include American, Canadian, and international vet tech associations; registration of technicians; and special internet sites of interest to veterinary technicians. NEW! Chapter on pain management and updated and expanded chapter discussions provide the information needed to pass the VTNE NEW! Companion Evolve website contains a practice exam that simulates the computer-based VTNE testing environment. NEW! Full-color format features vivid color photos to support comprehension and recognition of essential concepts including histology, hematology, diagnostic microbiology and mycology, virology, urinalysis, and parasitology.

Woodworking Basics by Peter Korn Woodworking Basics presents an approach to learning woodworking that has proven successful for hundreds of people who have taken the author's introductory course over the past 20 years. Peter Korn's method helps new woodworkers learn the right techniques from the beginning. More experienced woodworkers can use it to master the classic furniture-making skills key to fine craftsmanship. Korn includes two attractive and useful projects -- a small bench and a side table with a door and drawer -- providing you the opportunity to practice skills and develop confidence with tools. This book provides a step-by-step introduction to all aspects of woodworking, including: Safe use of woodworking machinery Correct use of hand tools Milling a board four-square Cutting a mortise-and-tenon joint Cutting dovetails

Soldering Made Simple by Joe Silvera This book is the complete guide to simple soldering.Soldering Made Simple takes all the mystery and fear out of soldering so that amateur jewelry makers -- even those who have never held a torch -- feel empowered and confident. Friendly and thorough instructional text and step-by-step photos help readers build skills gradually, which they can then employ with the included projects. Joe Silvera presents soldering techniques that use a simple setup, a handheld butane torch that is safe and easy to operate, and a few other supplies.

Foolproof Preserving and Canning by America's Test Kitchen (Editor) The art of preserving produce by canning and preserving has come full circle from grandmother's kitchen to a whole new generation now eager to learn it. This detailed guide to home preserving is perfect for novice canners and experts alike and offers more than 100 foolproof recipes across a wide range of categories, from sweet jams and jellies to savory jams, vegetables, condiments, pickles, whole fruits, and more. Let the experts at America's Test Kitchen show you how to do it right with detailed tutorials, troubleshooting tips, equipment information, and insight into the science behind canning.

Plant You by Carleigh Bodrug; Will Bulsiewicz (Foreword by) INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Plant-based eating doesn't have to be complicated! The delicious recipes in this easy-to-follow cookbook are guaranteed to keep you inspired and motivated. Enter PlantYou, the ridiculously easy plant-based, oil-free cookbook with over 140+ healthy vegan recipes for breakfast, lunch, dinner, cheese sauces, salad dressings, dessert and more! In her eagerly anticipated debut cookbook, Carleigh Bodrug, the Founder of the wildly popular social media community PlantYou, provides readers with the ultimate full color guidebook that makes plant-based meal planning, grocery shopping and cooking a breeze. With every single recipe, you will find a visual infographic marking the ingredients you need, making it easy to shop, determine portion sizes, and dive into the delicious and nutritious dishes. Get ready for mouthwatering dishes like Chocolate Chip Banana Bread Breakfast Cookies, Best Ever Cauli Wings, and the Big BOSS Burrito that you simply won't believe are made from plants.  "An instant kitchen classic...In your quest to find delicious food that also promotes health, both human health and the health of the planet and the animals we share our world with, you've come to the right place."  --from the foreword by Dr. Will Bulsiewicz

Just My Type by Simon Garfield A hugely entertaining and revealing guide to the history of type that asks, What does your favorite font say about you? Fonts surround us every day, on street signs and buildings, on movie posters and books, and on just about every product we buy. But where do fonts come from, and why do we need so many? Who is responsible for the staid practicality of Times New Roman, the cool anonymity of Arial, or the irritating levity of Comic Sans (and the movement to ban it)? Typefaces are now 560 years old, but we barely knew their names until about twenty years ago when the pull-down font menus on our first computers made us all the gods of type. Beginning in the early days of Gutenberg and ending with the most adventurous digital fonts, Simon Garfield explores the rich history and subtle powers of type. He goes on to investigate a range of modern mysteries, including how Helvetica took over the world, what inspires the seeming ubiquitous use of Trajan on bad movie posters, and exactly why the all-type cover of Men are from Mars, Women are from Venus was so effective. It also examines why the "T" in the Beatles logo is longer than the other letters and how Gotham helped Barack Obama into the White House. A must-have book for the design conscious, Just My Type's cheeky irreverence will also charm everyone who loved Eats, Shoots & Leaves and Schott's Original Miscellany.

Ke Ola Nani by Kekaianiani Irwin; Kalaniali'i Stoleson; Larry Kimura ((various roles)); Kalena Silva (Editor-In-Chief); Eve Furchgott (Illustrator); M?healani Kobashigawa (Editor) A richly illustrated full color Hawaiian language learning book depicting more than 800 words emphasizing painu or action and descriptive words. Ke Ola Nani is the second in a series of Hawaiian learning books following, Ke Ao Nani, which focused on kikino, or objects and things.

Kanehunamoku by Dietrich Varez In a peaceful seaside village lived a resourceful girl, Lehua, and her companion, a piglet named 'Ehu. After their home is struck by drought and famine they find themselves swept away across the sea to the hidden island, Kanehunamoku, home of the gods, Kane and Kanaloa. In a series of encounters orchestrated by the gods, Lehua's kindness, bravery, and selflessness are rewarded and provide an example for all to follow. The villagers rejoice when the duo return and are overjoyed with the wondrous gifts they bear. Author and artist, Dietrich Varez, has drawn upon decades of study to create imagery depicting Hawaiian folklore and has lovingly hand lettered the text. The simple line drawings are perfect for coloring, however this is much more than a coloring book. Using his original characters, Lehua and 'Ehu, he has interwoven classic Hawaiian tales into the narrative and provides inspiration to further explore the vast, rich lore of the ancient Hawaiians. Travel now to the secret island of the gods, Kanehunamoku, and see what wonders will be revealed.

Ka huakaʻi a Liholiho & Kamāmalu by Hilina'i Sai-Dudoit Book for children covering the trip of King Liholiho and Queen Kamāmalu to Great Britian in 1824. After traveling through England, both the King and Queen died in London of an illness contracted there.

Arting and Writing to Transform Education by Miki Maeshiro; Meleanna Meyer; Anna Sumida This book presents an integrated approach to the education of children that teaches them how to see and describe their world - both the natural world around them and their own culture and identity - through linking the media of art and language, considered as parallel creative-expressive processes of arting (representation in visual images) and writing (representation in words). The work presents conceptual background and practical materials developed in a collaboration by two Hawai'i elementary teachers, one with a doctorate in Education from the University of Hawai'i (Anna Sumida) and one an Education Design Specialist (Miki Maeshiro), and a well-known Hawaiian artist and educator (Meleanna Meyer). This team of three authors, who evolved their curriculum ideas and instructional activities over several years teaching at the Kamehameha Schools in Honolulu and in community education programs throughout the state, merges interests and expertise in literacy and culture, art and science in a pedagogy that is culturally and ecologically responsive and that bridges across different areas of knowledge and skill. Their goal is one of transformative education based on the combined power and synergy of arting and writing processes. The authors use their own personal stories to illustrate what it is like growing up outside the cultural mainstream and how empowering it is to feel a sense of one's own identity, capabilities, and place in the world. The conceptual background they provide in Part I suggests how the learning of bodies of knowledge and practical skills in school can be raised to a higher level of exploration and personalized learning that leads to a situated and empowered sense of self, through arting-and-writing projects which center on local ecology and culture and on students' own lives and interests. Part II describes arting and writing processes in detail, focusing on commonalities and offering what amounts to a series of chapter by chapter mini-tutorials on the stages artists and writers go through in evolving their work, each one culminating in a reflection on how arting and writing processes can work together and be mutually reinforcing. Part III provides two extensive multi-lesson units, complete with objectives, lesson plans, and printable exercise sheets given in appendices. These units illustrate the authors' integrated arting-writing approach as applied in the Hawaiian context and as can be adapted for use in elementary and middle-school classes in other contexts. Hawaiian ecology and stories about the land offer illustrations of how teachers can integrate learning in students' home language and culture with mainstream English language and culture. Further illustrative lesson material shows how students can explore their own cultural identity as connected to family and place through arting and writing activities. The book is inspirational in content, suggesting an approach to educating children that will be enjoyable to teach and will engage learners in many ways and help them realize their full potential. It is also visually inspirational, richly illustrated in color with examples of student work and the work of artists and teachers, including that of the authors themselves.

Honolulu Magazine and Paradise of the Pacific by A. Kam Napier; Kristin Lipman (Designed by); Erik Ries (Designed by); Michael Keany (Assisted by) Honolulu Magazine and Paradise of the Pacific: 125 Years of Covers is the capstone of HONOLULU Magazine's quasquicentennial celebration. More than 350 beautiful covers are collected in this hardcover collectible book, representing nearly every year of the magazine's existence. This is a transporting look back at the history of Hawai'i, chronicled not just through the cover art, but encapsulated in descriptions written by A. Kam Napier, HONOLULU Magazine editor, 2005 - 2013.

ʻŌlelo ʻōiwi : Hawaiian language fundamentals by Hōkūlani Cleeland 'Olelo 'Oiwi: Hawaiian Language Fundamentals is a clear and easy-to-use text for beginning Hawaiian language learners as well as for more advanced students who wish to review - or even expand - their knowledge of basic fundamentals. Grammatical structures are thoroughly explained in nontechnical language with simple elements taught first and then used as building blocks to facilitate mastery of more difficult patterns. Vocabulary and practice activities relate to practical everyday situations. Each chapter also includes information on proper pronunciation and cultural usage of the language enabling the learner to acquire a deeper appreciation of the intricacies and uniqueness of Hawaiian, the living native language of our island home. Drafts of the text were extensively tested in both high school and community college classes before first publication in 1994. This new edition, which has been completely reformatted and updated, also includes additional information about language usage, especially as heard among native speakers on Kaua'i and Ni'ihau" -- Page 4 of cover.

Mana legends. 1. Kamehameha by Christopher Caravalho "The story of young Kamehameha and his extraordinary journey to become the King that would one day unite the Hawaiian islands" -- Publishers' website.

Hi'iaka and Pana'ewa by Gabrielle Ahuli'i; Sarah Demonteverde (Illustrator) Hi'iaka wants to make the forests of Hawai'i safe for travelers. But she'll have to battle an evil lizard named Pana'ewa and his army to do it. With a little help from her sister and some special powers, she's ready for a great battle. With engaging text and easy-to-follow panels, Discover Graphics: Global Folktales are perfect for graphic novel fans new and old.

The Maui Stories by Gabrielle Ahulii; Jing Jing Tsong (Illustrator); David Del Rocco (Translator) A collection of three Hawaiian legends written in English and Hawaiian: M?ui Hooks the Islands, M?ui Slows the Sun, and Hina for kindergarten through second grade. These stories, written by elementary school librarian, Gabby Ahuli'i, introduce young kids to the demigod M?ui and his mother, Hina.M?ui Hooks the Islands introduces kids to M?ui the demigod who fished up the Hawaiian islands using a magic fishing hook.M?ui Slows the Sun tells the story of how M?ui was able to extend the length of daylight in the islands.The sun has been racing across the sky, preventing people from finishing their daily chores. M?ui decides to confront the sun and races up Haleakal? to greet him as he rises.Using his olon? rope, M?ui lassoes one of the sun's rays, holds him tight, and convinces him to slow his travels across the sky so Maui's mother may have time to dry her kapa and people can enjoy the daylight longer.The sun compromises and says he will slow his pace for half the year (summer) yet speed up the other half (winter).Hina introduces kids to M?ui's mother, the goddess of the moon.In simple, poetic language, these origin stories give small kids a taste of Hawai'i's rich history of storytelling.

Go native : your guide to growing Native Hawaiian and canoe plants wherever you live, work or play by Paul Arinaga; Jonathan Price; Tom Foye; Hilary Parkinson Go Native: Growing a Native Hawaiian Urban Forest Join the movement to restore nature from mauka to makai! Help us to re-forest urban and suburban areas of Hawai'i so that nature can once again flow unimpeded from mauka to makai. All you need is a garden, lanai or even a balcony with potted plants to Go Native! Use this book to: Identify your growing zone so you can grow the right plant in the right place. Get suggested combinations of plants for your specific growing zone, landscapingneeds, and tastes. Search the table of over 200 Native Hawaiian and canoe plants to find alternatives to the suggested combinations. Visit the Go Native Community Portal to learn more, get your questions answered, and meet other gardeners: www.gonativeplants.org "This book takes an interesting approach, suggesting how plants with similar ecological growing requirements can be artfully grouped together. Grouping plants of various heights together, from trees to shrubs, ferns to groundcovers makes for a beautiful garden and a replication of how native Hawaiian plants grow together in the wild in a sort of 'tapestry' of variability and compatibility. The various layers are beautiful, and they protect and nourish the soil and enhance precious water retention and filtration. And they do it all in a beautiful, harmonious design." --- Heidi Leianuenue Bornhorst, Horticulturist, Landscape Designer, and Certified Arborist, author of Growing Native Hawaiian Plants "Native plants bring a unique and special beauty to a truly Hawaiian garden. This is an excellent and essential resource for the use of native plants in our landscapes, large or small. It contains useful information on how, what, and where to use native plants. Good luck and let's all Go Native!" --- Rick Quinn, Landscape Architect and Certified Arborist, HHF Planners "This is an incredible resource! The research and care that has gone into this book is apparent. Imagine how amazing it would be if everyone had a native garden at their home. This book will help do just that!" --- Pauline Sato, Executive Director, The Mālama Learning Center

Birdwatcher's Guide to O'ahu by Michael Walther Birdwatcher's Guide to O'ahu provides you with the necessary information to plan a visit to twenty-four of the best locations on O'ahu to see our fascinating avifauna. It is divided into seven geographic regions--Honolulu, Southeast, East, North Shore, Central, Ko'olau Range, and Pelagics. Birding hotspots in the island's coastal, rainforest, urban and offshore environments are also included. Despite O'ahu being densely populated with people and buildings, there are excellent opportunities to see birds across the island--from urban areas to beaches to hiking trails to wildlife refuges. O'ahu is an ideal place for birding with 218 species on the official bird list that include waterfowl; game birds; seabirds; herons, egrets, and ibis; shorebirds; skuas and jaegers; gulls and terns; birds of prey; songbirds; and endemic forest birds. O'ahu has more breeding seabirds on the island than any other in the Southeastern Hawaiian Islands. It is the best island to see the rare Bristle-thighed Curlew and the only island with breeding White Terns which are extremely rare on the neighbor islands. Whether you're a backyard birder or a seasoned birder ready to hit the hiking trails with binoculars in hand, Birdwatcher's Guide to O'ahu is a must have with maps, charts, and information on all the birds you can find on the island.

Tropical nursery manual : a guide to starting and operating a nursery for native and traditional plants by Kim M. Wilkinson From the Back Cover: Tropical ecosystems and agroecoystems are vital, life-giving landscapes. They are home to diverse plants, animals, and people in a range of climatic, geologic, cultural, and environmental contexts. Protecting and revitalizing these systems involves planting native and traditional species and sowing awareness of these plants among people. Tropical nurseries are a key link in restoring tropical ecosystems and agroecosystems and can integrate goals of economic resiliency, cultural renewal, and more. This Tropical Nursery Manual serves people who are starting or operating a nursery for native and traditional species in the tropics. Key concepts, principles, and processes are presented, based on proven practices and the best science available. Understanding these concepts and principles will make it easier to operate a nursery successfully, and to meet project objectives in the field. Topics covered include nursery planning, plant propagation, crop production, plant care, outplanting, and ongoing learning. This manual also recognizes that every nursery is unique. Local conditions and ingenuity, integrated with the information in this manual, combine to cultivate high-quality plants with the best chance to survive and flourish into the future.

How to Make Hawaiian Ribbon Leis by Coreen Mikioi Iwamoto; Jim Widess

Food = Ka mea 'ai by Keao NeSmith "This board book is a colorful introduction to local food for the littlest readers. The amusing illustrations from artist Mariko Marritt are a perfect balance to author Resi Sushiro's stories that touch upon them with local Hawaii connections. The English and 'olelo Hawai'i together help to anchor visual concepts with sounds and words, making this book a fun reading and language starter" -- Page 4 of cover.

Yum Yum Cha Let's Eat Dim Sum in Hawaii by Muriel Miura; Lynette Lo Tom Going for dim sum, known as yum cha in Cantonese, is a favorite culinary outing in Hawai'i when all tastes can be satisfied among dozens of small plates that are shared and enjoyed with family and friends. It's the perfect way to sample beautifully presented bites of food that are steamed, pan-fried, deep-fried, rolled, and wrapped.Yum Yum Cha: Let's Eat Dim Sum in Hawai'i has over 100 recipes that duplicate what you can order in restaurants serving dim sum or shops and bakeries specializing in dim sum in the Islands. Included are delicious favorites such as pork hash bites (siu mai), shrimp in translucent wheat starch wrap (har gao), steamed then pan-fried turnip cake (lo bak go) and tender steamed pork spareribs in fermented black bean sauce (dow see pai gwat).There are also recipes for both steamed and baked barbecued pork buns (char siu bao) including their substitute fillings. Other succulent Top 10 Hawai'i Favorites dishes are bean curd wraps (sin chet guen) and chicken feet. And of course there is the most popular dim sum dessert, the small custard tart (dan tat).What you may have thought was complicated cooking or preparation is clearly explained so you can prepare the Islands' favorite dim sum dishes for family and friends.

Hawaii Washoku by Lillian Cumic (Photographer) Hawai'i Washoku unites one of the world's great cuisines with the spirit of Aloha to create harmony and peace at your table. Through a superbly photographed collection of over 175 plant-based and gluten-free Japanese recipes, vegan chef Lillian Cumic's third cookbook is the ultimate chaperone for reimagining Japanese recipes into deliciously "planted" successes. Lillian began her cooking career in Japan where she lived for thirty years and fell in love with the people, its culture, and the food, leading her to the way of washoku and a whole new outlook on the dining experience. Hawai'i Washoku teaches the basics of modern Japanese cooking from a plant-based perspective with stellar recipes including colorful tsukemono "pickled things," pub-style izakaya sides and nibbles, traditional simmered dishes with ofukuro no aji "mother's taste," and jaw-dropping "planted sashimi" hard to believe isn't from the briny deep, while fascinating wagashi sweets confirm Japan's cuisine as a true art form.Hawai'i Washoku is a complete guide to help you master washoku with a plant-based twist. Lillian shares in-depth commentary on key ingredients and where to find them to stock your pantry.

Raising native plants in nurseries : basic concepts by R. Kasten Dumroese

Introduction to Early Church History by Perry Edwards; David Daniels (Foreword by) As an introduction to early church history, this book is not intended to cover any subject exhaustively. Its goal is to provide an overview of the most significant leaders of the church while adding stories of ordinary Christians who remained faithful to the Lord in the face of persecution. It will introduce readers to how the church, in its first five centuries, sought to answer the primary theological questions of the day. This book is meant to whet the appetite of those who have never read early church history and refresh the minds of those who have. For some, the reading of this book will be the beginning of a journey that will lead to a deep and abiding love for the history of God's sovereign working in the church and in the world.

The Rediscovery of America : native peoples and the unmaking of U.S. history by Ned Blackhawk National Bestseller Winner of the 2023 National Book Award in Nonfiction * Finalist for the 2023 Los Angeles Times Book Award in History * Winner of 2024 Anisfield-Wolf Book Award in Nonfiction * Winner of the 2024 Mark Lynton History Prize Named a best book of 2023 by New Yorker, Esquire, Publishers Weekly, Barnes & Noble A New York Times Notable Book of 2023 * A Washington Post Notable Work of Nonfiction of 2023 * An NPR "Book We Love" for 2023 "Eloquent and comprehensive. . . . In the book's sweeping synthesis, standard flashpoints of U.S. history take on new meaning."--Kathleen DuVal, Wall Street Journal "In accounts of American history, Indigenous peoples are often treated as largely incidental--either obstacles to be overcome or part of a narrative separate from the arc of nation-building. Blackhawk . . . [shows] that Native communities have, instead, been inseparable from the American story all along."--Washington Post Book World, "Books to Read in 2023" A sweeping and overdue retelling of U.S. history that recognizes that Native Americans are essential to understanding the evolution of modern America The most enduring feature of U.S. history is the presence of Native Americans, yet most histories focus on Europeans and their descendants. This long practice of ignoring Indigenous history is changing, however, as a new generation of scholars insists that any full American history address the struggle, survival, and resurgence of American Indian nations. Indigenous history is essential to understanding the evolution of modern America. Ned Blackhawk interweaves five centuries of Native and non‑Native histories, from Spanish colonial exploration to the rise of Native American self-determination in the late twentieth century. In this transformative synthesis he shows that * European colonization in the 1600s was never a predetermined success; * Native nations helped shape England's crisis of empire; * the first shots of the American Revolution were prompted by Indian affairs in the interior; * California Indians targeted by federally funded militias were among the first casualties of the Civil War; * the Union victory forever recalibrated Native communities across the West; * twentieth-century reservation activists refashioned American law and policy. Blackhawk's retelling of U.S. history acknowledges the enduring power, agency, and survival of Indigenous peoples, yielding a truer account of the United States and revealing anew the varied meanings of America.

Surviving Genocide : native nations and the United States from the American Revolution to Bleeding Kansas by Jeffrey Ostler The first part of a sweeping two-volume history of the devastation brought to bear on Indian nations by U.S. expansion   "An elegant, organized narrative of the United States' dispossession of Native lands east of the Mississippi. . . . A remarkable book in its breadth and scope."--Ashley Riley Sousa, Canadian Journal of History   "Intense and well-researched, . . . ambitious, . . . magisterial. . . . Surviving Genocide sets a bar from which subsequent scholarship and teaching cannot retreat."--Peter Nabokov, New York Review of Books   In this book, the first part of a sweeping two-volume history, Jeffrey Ostler investigates how American democracy relied on Indian dispossession and the federally sanctioned use of force to remove or slaughter Indians in the way of U.S. expansion. He charts the losses that Indians suffered from relentless violence and upheaval and the attendant effects of disease, deprivation, and exposure. This volume centers on the eastern United States from the 1750s to the start of the Civil War.   An authoritative contribution to the history of the United States' violent path toward building a continental empire, this ambitious and well-researched book deepens our understanding of the seizure of Indigenous lands, including the use of treaties to create the appearance of Native consent to dispossession. Ostler also documents the resilience of Native people, showing how they survived genocide by creating alliances, defending their towns, and rebuilding their communities.

The Last Slave Ship : the true story of how Clotilda was found, her descendants, and an extraordinary reckoning by Ben Raines The "enlightening" (The Guardian) true story of the last ship to carry enslaved people to America, the remarkable town its survivors' founded after emancipation, and the complicated legacy their descendants carry with them to this day--by the journalist who discovered the ship's remains. Fifty years after the Atlantic slave trade was outlawed, the Clotilda became the last ship in history to bring enslaved Africans to the United States. The ship was scuttled and burned on arrival to hide the wealthy perpetrators to escape prosecution. Despite numerous efforts to find the sunken wreck, Clotilda remained hidden for the next 160 years. But in 2019, journalist Ben Raines made international news when he successfully concluded his obsessive quest through the swamps of Alabama to uncover one of our nation's most important historical artifacts. Traveling from Alabama to the ancient African kingdom of Dahomey in modern-day Benin, Raines recounts the ship's perilous journey, the story of its rediscovery, and its complex legacy. Against all odds, Africatown, the Alabama community founded by the captives of the Clotilda, prospered in the Jim Crow South. Zora Neale Hurston visited in 1927 to interview Cudjo Lewis, telling the story of his enslavement in the New York Times bestseller Barracoon. And yet the haunting memory of bondage has been passed on through generations. Clotilda is a ghost haunting three communities--the descendants of those transported into slavery, the descendants of their fellow Africans who sold them, and the descendants of their fellow American enslavers. This connection binds these groups together to this day. At the turn of the century, descendants of the captain who financed the Clotilda's journey lived nearby--where, as significant players in the local real estate market, they disenfranchised and impoverished residents of Africatown. From these parallel stories emerges a profound depiction of America as it struggles to grapple with the traumatic past of slavery and the ways in which racial oppression continues to this day. And yet, at its heart, The Last Slave Ship remains optimistic--an epic tale of one community's triumphs over great adversity and a celebration of the power of human curiosity to uncover the truth about our past and heal its wounds.

Politics of the Earth by John S. Dryzek Written by an internationally recognised expert in the field, The Politics of the Earth provides an authoritative and engaging introduction to environmental politics through a unique, discourse-centred approach. With his lively and accessible writing style, John S. Dryzek analyses how we construct and interpret the environment through language, guiding the reader through the discourses that dominate this arena, including ecological limits, sustainability and green radicalism.The fourth edition has been thoroughly updated to take in key developments in environmental affairs, including an examination of the implications of the Anthropocene concept and need for ecological reflexivity, with updated coverage of the Paris Agreement on climate change and Sustainable Development Goals, weaving in throughout a wealth of contemporary examples to illuminate the discussion. It also contains a ground-breaking new chapter on 'Gray Radicalism', in which the author provides an innovative overview and analysis of this contemporary radical anti-environmental discourse.Students are further supported with added further reading sections and new end-of-chapter discussion questions, which are designed to encourage critical thinking and prompt a deeper engagement with the issues at hand.

Chokepoint Capitalism by Cory Doctorow; Rebecca Giblin A call to action for the creative class and labor movement to rally against the power of Big Tech and Big Media Corporate concentration has breached the stratosphere, as have corporate profits. An ever-expanding constellation of industries are now monopolies (where sellers have excessive power over buyers) or monopsonies (where buyers hold the whip hand over sellers)--or both. In Chokepoint Capitalism, scholar Rebecca Giblin and writer and activist Cory Doctorow argue we're in a new era of "chokepoint capitalism," with exploitative businesses creating insurmountable barriers to competition that enable them to capture value that should rightfully go to others. All workers are weakened by this, but the problem is especially well-illustrated by the plight of creative workers. From Amazon's use of digital rights management and bundling to radically change the economics of book publishing, to Google and Facebook's siphoning away of ad revenues from news media, and the Big Three record labels' use of inordinately long contracts to up their own margins at the cost of artists, chokepoints are everywhere. By analyzing book publishing and news, live music and music streaming, screenwriting, radio and more, Giblin and Doctorow deftly show how powerful corporations construct "anti-competitive flywheels" designed to lock in users and suppliers, make their markets hostile to new entrants, and then force workers and suppliers to accept unfairly low prices. In the book's second half, Giblin and Doctorow then explain how to batter through those chokepoints, with tools ranging from transparency rights to collective action and ownership, radical interoperability, contract terminations, job guarantees, and minimum wages for creative work. Chokepoint Capitalism is a call to workers of all sectors to unite to help smash these chokepoints and take back the power and profit that's being heisted away--before it's too late.

The Emperor Has No Clothes : teaching about race and racism to people who don't want to know by Tema Okun A volume in Educational Leadership for Social Justice Series Editor Jeffrey S. Brooks, University of Missouri-Columbia, Denise E. Armstrong, Brock University; Ira Bogotch, Florida Atlantic University; Sandra Harris, Lamar University; Whitney H. Sherman, Virginia Commonwealth University; George Theoharis, Syracuse University The Emperor Has No Clothes: Teaching About Race and Racism to People Who Don't Want to Know offers theoretical grounding and practical approaches for leaders and teachers interested in effectively addressing racism and other oppressive constructs. The book draws both on the author's extensive experience teaching about race and racism in classroom and community settings and from the theory and practice of a wide range of educators, activists, and researchers committed to social justice. The first chapter looks at the toxic consequences of our western cultural insistence on profit, binary thinking, and individualism to establish the theoretical framework for teaching about race and racism. Chapter two investigates privileged resistance, offering a psycho/social history of denial, particularly as a product of racist culture. Chapter three reviews the research on the construction and reconstruction of dominant culture both historically and now in order to establish sound strategic approaches that educators, teachers, facilitators, and activists can take as we work together to move from a culture of profit and fear to one of shared hope and love. Chapter four lays out the stages of a process that supports teaching about racist, white supremacy culture, explaining how students can be taken through an iterative process of relationshipbuilding, analysis, planning, action, and reflection. The final chapter borrows from the brilliant, brave, and incisive writer Dorothy Allison to discuss the things the author knows for sure about how to teach people to see that which we have been conditioned to fear knowing. The chapter concludes with how to encourage and support collective and collaborative action as a critical goal of the process.

Baader-Meinhof by Stefan Aust; Anthea Bell The Baader-Meinhof Group--later known as the Red Army Faction (RAF)--was a violent urban guerilla group which terrorized Germany in the 1970s and '80s, killing 47 people, wounding 93, taking 162 hostages, and robbing 35 banks--all in an attempt to bring revolution to the Federal Republic. Stefan Aust's masterful history of the Group presents the definitive account, capturing a highly complex story both accurately and colorfully. Much new information has surfaced since the mass suicide of the Groups' leaders in the 1980s. Some RAF members have come forward to testify in new investigations and formerly classified Stasi documents have been made public since the fall of the Berlin Wall, all contributing to a fuller picture of the RAF and the events surrounding their demise. Aust presents the complete history of the RAF, from the creation in 1970 to the breakup in 1998, incorporating all of the new information. For instance, there is growing evidence that the German secret service eavesdropped on Baader, Meinhof, and the other RAF members imprisoned in Stammheim and that they knew that the terrorists planned a mass suicide, but did nothing to prevent it. Also, there is new information about the role of the RAF lawyers (among them Otto Schily who later was Minister of the Interior in Gerhard Schröder's cabinet), and the roles of the different RAF members and the rivalry between them. The volume will also contain numerous photos. Terrorism today is never far from most people's thoughts. Baader-Meinhof offers a gripping account of one of the most violent terrorist groups of the late twentieth century, in a compelling look at what they did, why they did it, and how they were brought to justice.

Unsettling the University : confronting the colonial foundations of US higher education by Sharon Stein Shifts the narrative around the history of US higher education to examine its colonial past. Over the past several decades, higher education in the United States has been shaped by marketization and privatization. Efforts to critique these developments often rely on a contrast between a bleak present and a romanticized past. In Unsettling the University, Sharon Stein offers a different entry point--one informed by decolonial theories and practices--for addressing these issues. Stein describes the colonial violence underlying three of the most celebrated moments in US higher education history: the founding of the original colonial colleges, the creation of land-grant colleges and universities, and the post-World War II "Golden Age." Reconsidering these historical moments through a decolonial lens, Stein reveals how the central promises of higher education--the promises of continuous progress, a benevolent public good, and social mobility--are fundamentally based on racialized exploitation, expropriation, and ecological destruction. Unsettling the University invites readers to confront universities' historical and ongoing complicity in colonial violence; to reckon with how the past has shaped contemporary challenges at institutions of higher education; and to accept responsibility for redressing harm and repairing relationships in order to reimagine a future for higher education rooted in social and ecological accountability.

Theory and Reality : an introduction to the philosophy of science by Peter Godfrey-Smith How does science work? Does it tell us what the world is "really" like? What makes it different from other ways of understanding the universe? In Theory and Reality, Peter Godfrey-Smith addresses these questions by taking the reader on a grand tour of more than a hundred years of debate about science. The result is a completely accessible introduction to the main themes of the philosophy of science. Examples and asides engage the beginning student, a glossary of terms explains key concepts, and suggestions for further reading are included at the end of each chapter.  Like no other text in this field, Theory and Reality combines a survey of recent history of the philosophy of science with current key debates that any beginning scholar or critical reader can follow. The second edition is thoroughly updated and expanded by the author with a new chapter on truth, simplicity, and models in science.

What Is Life? by Paul Nurse The renowned biologist Paul Nurse has spent his career revealing how living cells work. In What Is Life?, he takes up the challenge of describing what it means to be alive in a way that every reader can understand. It is a shared journey of discovery; step-by-step Nurse illuminates five great ideas that underpin biology--the Cell, the Gene, Evolution by Natural Selection, Life as Chemistry, and Life as Information. He introduces the scientists who made the most important advances, and, using his personal experiences in and out of the lab, he shares with us the challenges, the lucky breaks, and the thrilling eureka moments of discovery. Nurse writes with delight at life's richness and with a sense of the urgent role of biology in our time. To survive the challenges that face us all today--climate change, pandemic, loss of biodiversity and food security--it is vital that we all understand what life is.

Entangled Life by Merlin Sheldrake NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * A "brilliant [and] entrancing" (The Guardian) journey into the hidden lives of fungi--the great connectors of the living world--and their astonishing and intimate roles in human life, with the power to heal our bodies, expand our minds, and help us address our most urgent environmental problems. "Grand and dizzying in how thoroughly it recalibrates our understanding of the natural world."--Ed Yong, author of An Immense World ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR--Time, BBC Science Focus, The Daily Mail, Geographical, The Times, The Telegraph, New Statesman, London Evening Standard, Science Friday When we think of fungi, we likely think of mushrooms. But mushrooms are only fruiting bodies, analogous to apples on a tree. Most fungi live out of sight, yet make up a massively diverse kingdom of organisms that supports and sustains nearly all living systems. Fungi provide a key to understanding the planet on which we live, and the ways we think, feel, and behave. In the first edition of this mind-bending book, Sheldrake introduced us to this mysterious but massively diverse kingdom of life. This exquisitely designed volume, abridged from the original, features more than one hundred full-color images that bring the spectacular variety, strangeness, and beauty of fungi to life as never before. Fungi throw our concepts of individuality and even intelligence into question. They are metabolic masters, earth makers, and key players in most of life's processes. They can change our minds, heal our bodies, and even help us remediate environmental disaster. By examining fungi on their own terms, Sheldrake reveals how these extraordinary organisms--and our relationships with them--are changing our understanding of how life works. Winner of the Wainwright Prize, the Royal Society Science Book Prize, and the Guild of Food Writers Award * Shortlisted for the British Book Award * Longlisted for the Rathbones Folio Prize

How the Brain Works by DK Are men's and women's brains really different? Why are teenagers impulsive and rebellious? And will it soon be possible to link our brains together via the Cloud? Drawing on the latest neuroscience research, this visual guide makes the hidden workings of the human brain simple to understand. How the Brain Works begins with an introduction to the brain's anatomy, showing you how to tell your motor cortex from your mirror neurons. Moving on to function, it explains how the brain works constantly and unnoticed to regulate heartbeat and breathing, and how it collects information to produce the experiences of sight, sound, smell, taste, and touch. The chapters that follow cover memory and learning, consciousness and personality, and emotions and communication. There's also a guide to the brain's disorders, including physical problems, such as tumors and strokes, and psychological and functional disorders, ranging from autism to schizophrenia. Illustrated with bold graphics and step-by-step artworks, and sprinkled with bite-sized factoids and question-and-answer features, this is the perfect introduction to the fascinating world of the human brain.

The Viral Underclass : the human toll when inequality and disease collide by Steven W. Thrasher **LONGLISTED FOR THE 2023 PEN/JOHN KENNETH GALBRAITH AWARD FOR NONFICTION** **LONGLISTED FOR THE 2023 ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDALS FOR EXCELLENCE** **WINNER OF THE 2022 POZ AWARD FOR BEST IN LITERATURE** *Sarah Schulman named The Viral Underclass one of the Best Books of the 21st Century for the New York Times* "An irresistibly readable and humane exploration of the barbarities of class...readers are gifted that most precious of things in these muddled times: a clear lens through which to see the world." --Naomi Klein, New York Times bestselling author of This Changes Everything and The Shock Doctrine From preeminent LGBTQ scholar, social critic, and journalist Steven W. Thrasher comes a powerful and crucial exploration of one of the most pressing issues of our times: how viruses expose the fault lines of society. Having spent a ground-breaking career studying the racialization, policing, and criminalization of HIV, Dr. Thrasher has come to understand a deeper truth at the heart of our society: that there are vast inequalities in who is able to survive viruses and that the ways in which viruses spread, kill, and take their toll are much more dependent on social structures than they are on biology alone. Told through the heart-rending stories of friends, activists, and teachers navigating the novel coronavirus, HIV, and other viruses, Dr. Thrasher brings the reader with him as he delves into the viral underclass and lays bare its inner workings. In the tradition of Isabel Wilkerson's Caste and Michelle Alexander's The New Jim Crow, The Viral Underclass helps us understand the world more deeply by showing the fraught relationship between privilege and survival.

Nursery manual for native plants : a guide for tribal nurseries by R. Kasten Dumroese "In 2001, the Forest Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), through its Virtual Center for Reforestation, Nurseries, and Genetics Resources (RNGR), invited Native Americans from across the United States to attend the Western Forest and Conservation Nursery Association annual meeting. About 25 tribal members, representing 20 tribes, attended the meeting at Fort Lewis College in Durango, Colorado. The following year, a similar meeting was held in Olympia, Washington, and tribal members initiated a Tribal Nursery Council and requested that RNGR facilitate the organization. During 2003, RNGR requested information from 560 tribes across the United States, seeking specific information on tribes' needs for native plants, facilities, training, and so on. Results from the responding 77 tribes were incorporated into the Tribal Nursery Needs Assessment. Based on the results of that questionnaire, and input from tribal members attending the 2003 Intertribal Nursery Council meeting in Coeur d'Alene, Idaho, it was agreed that a nursery handbook was needed. That fall, planning began for writing the manual, loosely based on Agriculture Handbook 674, The Container Tree Nursery Manual, but with special attention to the uniqueness of Native American cultures."

Container Tree Nursery Manual by Thomas D. Landis; Rebecca G. Nisley

A nursery guide for the production of bareroot hardwood seedlings by Ken McNabb 1. Introduction / Ken McNabb -- 2. Seed acquisition, conditioning, and storage / Robert P. Karrfalt, Carolyn (Carrie) Pike -- 3. Fundamental soil concepts and soil management in hardwood nurseries / Lawrence A. Morris -- 4a. Seedbed preparation and sowing : a northern hardwood nursery perspective / Robert A. Hawkins -- 4b. Seedbed preparation and sowing in southern hardwood nurseries / Randy Rentz -- 5. Irrigation management / Jackie Robbins -- 6. The management of seedling nutrition / C.B. Davey, Ken McNabb -- 7. Hardwood seedling growth and development and the impact of pruning and environmental stresses / Tom Starkey -- 8a. Chemical weed management in northern hardwood nurseries / Jim Wichman, Richard Garret -- 8b. Weed management in southern bareroot hardwood nurseries / David B. South -- 9. Pest management of bareroot hardwood seedlings / Scott A. Enebak -- 10. Inventory methods / Tom Starkey -- 11a. Bareroot hardwood seedling lifting, packing, and storage at the Wilson State Nursery in southern Wisconsin / Joseph M. Vande Hey -- 11b. Bareroot hardwood seedling lifting, packing and storage at the Missouri Department of Conservation George O. White State Forest Nursery / Gregory A. Hoss -- 11c. Seeding lifting, packing, and storage at the ArborGen Bluff City Nursery / Chase Weatherly -- 11d. Seedling lifting, packing, and storage at the ArborGen Georgia Nursery / Robert E. Cross, Jr. -- 12. Essentials of nursery administration / Ken McNabb, Tom Starkey, Jeff L. Sibley, Dan Bremer.

Ka lā kuni pipi by Roberta Ku'ulei Keakealani "Take a ride with generations of paniolo and get a rare glimpse of the Hawaiʻi Island cowboy tradition"--Cover, page 4.

Aumakua by Mana Comics (Created by) Collecting Aumkua #1-2 and MANA DOUBLE FEATURE #1- Geckoman: One Small Deed

Parade by Rachel Cusk From Rachel Cusk, author of the Outline trilogy, comes this startling, exhilarating novel that once again expands the notion of what fiction can be and do. Midway through his life, the artist G begins to paint upside down. Eventually, he paints his wife upside down. He also makes her ugly. The paintings are a great success. In Paris, a woman is attacked by a stranger in the street. Her attacker flees, but not before turning around to contemplate her victim, like an artist stepping back from a canvas. At the age of twenty-two, the painter G leaves home for a new life in another country, far from the disapproval of her parents. Her paintings attract the disapproval of the man she later marries. When a mother dies, her children confront her legacy: the stories she told, the roles she assigned to them, the ways she withheld her love. Her death is a kind of freedom. Parade is a novel that demolishes the conventions of storytelling. It surges past the limits of identity, character, and plot to tell the story of G, an artist whose life contains many lives. Rachel Cusk is a writer and visionary like no other, who turns language upside down to show us our world as it really is.

Stolen Focus by Johann Hari NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * Our ability to pay attention is collapsing. From the author of Chasing the Scream and Lost Connections comes a groundbreaking examination of why this is happening--and how to get our attention back. "The book the world needs in order to win the war on distraction."--Adam Grant, author of Think Again "Read this book to save your mind."--Susan Cain, author of Quiet   WINNER OF THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD * ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Wall Street Journal, Financial Times, New York Post, Mashable, Mindful In the United States, teenagers can focus on one task for only sixty-five seconds at a time, and office workers average only three minutes. Like so many of us, Johann Hari was finding that constantly switching from device to device and tab to tab was a diminishing and depressing way to live. He tried all sorts of self-help solutions--even abandoning his phone for three months--but nothing seemed to work. So Hari went on an epic journey across the world to interview the leading experts on human attention--and he discovered that everything we think we know about this crisis is wrong.   We think our inability to focus is a personal failure to exert enough willpower over our devices. The truth is even more disturbing: our focus has been stolen by powerful external forces that have left us uniquely vulnerable to corporations determined to raid our attention for profit. Hari found that there are twelve deep causes of this crisis, from the decline of mind-wandering to rising pollution, all of which have robbed some of our attention. In Stolen Focus, he introduces readers to Silicon Valley dissidents who learned to hack human attention, and veterinarians who diagnose dogs with ADHD. He explores a favela in Rio de Janeiro where everyone lost their attention in a particularly surreal way, and an office in New Zealand that discovered a remarkable technique to restore workers' productivity.   Crucially, Hari learned how we can reclaim our focus--as individuals, and as a society--if we are determined to fight for it. Stolen Focus will transform the debate about attention and finally show us how to get it back.

The Age of Magical Overthinking by Amanda Montell INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From the bestselling author of Cultish and host of the podcast Sounds Like a Cult, a delicious blend of cultural criticism and personal narrative that explores our cognitive biases and the power, disadvantages, and highlights of magical thinking. Utilizing the linguistic insights of her "witty and brilliant" (Blyth Roberson, author of America the Beautiful?) first book Wordslut and the sociological explorations of her breakout hit Cultish, Amanda Montell now turns her erudite eye to the inner workings of the human mind and its biases in her most personal and electrifying work yet. "Magical thinking" can be broadly defined as the belief that one's internal thoughts can affect unrelated events in the external world: think of the conviction that one can manifest their way out of poverty, stave off cancer with positive vibes, thwart the apocalypse by learning to can their own peaches, or transform an unhealthy relationship to a glorious one with loyalty alone. In all its forms, magical thinking works in service of restoring agency amid chaos, but in The Age of Magical Overthinking, Montell argues that in the modern information age, our brain's coping mechanisms have been overloaded, and our irrationality turned up to an eleven. In a series of razor sharp, deeply funny chapters, Montell delves into a cornucopia of the cognitive biases that run rampant in our brains, from how the "halo effect" cultivates worship (and hatred) of larger-than-life celebrities, to how the "sunk cost fallacy" can keep us in detrimental relationships long after we've realized they're not serving us. As she illuminates these concepts with her signature brilliance and wit, Montell's prevailing message is one of hope, empathy, and ultimately forgiveness for our anxiety-addled human selves. If you have all but lost faith in our ability to reason, Montell aims to make some sense of the senseless. To crack open a window in our minds, and let a warm breeze in. To help quiet the cacophony for a while, or even hear a melody in it.

The Introvert's Guide to the Workplace by Thea Orozco Tap Into Your Natural Introvert Strengths in the Office with Actionable Tips and Advice   Introverts make up one half of the population, and we're hardwired to thrive--especially in the workplace! However, it's not uncommon for introverts to feel out of place in the office, where it seems the only ones succeeding are outgoing personalities ready to toot their own horn.     Thea Orozco busts that myth, showing how the workplace is truly a setting for introverts to succeed based on their innate skillset and natural introvert strengths. With topics ranging from overcoming phone phobia to developing an authentic leadership style, The Introvert's Guide to the Workplace guides introverts through thriving at work without having to shout--whether you are a boss, an employee, or a career person. Learn from actionable tips and practical advice, and surmount office challenges and let your introversion take the lead:   Combat interview anxiety Make meaningful connections at networking events Be heard and noticed at meetings or on the stage Overcome imposter syndrome Become an effective leader with your introvert strengths And more!   Including diverse expert interviews, The Introvert's Guide to the Workplace is every working introvert's handbook and guide that they can refer to throughout their career for guidance on tricky or draining situations and motivation to enlist the power of their inner introvert to succeed.  

Indigenous and African Diaspora Religions in the Americas by Benjamin Hebblethwaite (Editor); Silke Jansen (Editor) Indigenous and African Diaspora Religions in the Americas explores spirit-based religious traditions across vast geographical and cultural expanses, including Canada, the United States, Haiti, the Dominican Republic, Cuba, Trinidad and Tobago, Mexico, Brazil, and Chile. Using interdisciplinary research methods, this collection of original perspectives breaks new ground by examining these traditions as typologically and historically related. This curated selection of the traditions allows readers to compare and highlight convergences, while the description and comparison of the traditions challenges colonial erasures and expands knowledge about endangered cultures. The inclusion of spirit-based traditions from a broad geographical area emphasizes the typology of religion over ethnic compartmentalization. The individuals and communities studied in this collection serve spirits through rituals, song, instruments, initiation, embodiment via possession or trance, veneration of nature, and, among some Indigenous people, the consumption of ritual psychoactive entheogens. Indigenous and African diaspora practices focused on service to ancestors and spirits reflect ancient substrates of religiosity. The rationale to separate them on disciplinary, ethnic, linguistic, geographical, or historical grounds evaporates in our interconnected world. Shared cultural, historical, and structural features of American indigenous and African diaspora spirit-based traditions mutually deserve our attention since the analyses and dialogues give way to discoveries about deep commonalities and divergences among religions and philosophies. Still struggling against the effects of colonialism, enslavement, and extinction, the practitioners of these spirit-based religious traditions hold on to important but vulnerable parts of humanity's cultural heritage. These readings make possible journeys of recognition as well as discovery.

The Qur'an: a Guidebook by Roberto Tottoli The Qur'an: A Guidebook is an updated English version of the work appeared in Italian (Rome 2021) Leggere e studiare il Corano which deals with the contents of the Qur'an, the style and formal features of the text, the history and fixation of it and an poutline of the reception in Islamic literature. The aim of the work is to give a reader a description of what he/she can find in the Islamic holy text and the state of the critical debates on all the topics dealt with, focusing mainly on the growing scholarly literature which appeared in the last 30 years. As such, the work is unique in combining the aim to give comprehensive information on the topic and, at the same, time, reconstruct the critical debate in a balanced outline also emphasizing confessional approaches and the dynamics in the study of the Qur'an. There is nothing similar in contemporary scholarship and the book is a handbook for students and scholars of Islam but also for readers in religious studies who need to know how the main questions related to the Islamic text have been discussed in recent scholarship.

The New Testament by David Bentley Hart The second edition of David Bentley Hart's critically acclaimed New Testament translation   David Bentley Hart's translation of the New Testament, first published in 2017, was hailed as a "remarkable feat" and as a "strange, disconcerting, radical version of a strange, disconcerting manifesto of profoundly radical values." In this second edition, which includes a powerful new preface and more than a thousand changes to the text, Hart's purpose remains the same: to render the original Greek texts faithfully, free of doctrine and theology, awakening readers to the uncanniness that often lies hidden beneath doctrinal layers.   Through his startling translation, with its raw, unfinished quality, Hart reveals a world conceptually quite unlike our own. "It was a world," he writes, "in which the heavens above were occupied by celestial spiritual potentates of questionable character, in which angels ruled the nations of the earth as local gods, in which demons prowled the empty places, . . . and in which the entire cosmos was for many an eternal divine order and for many others a darkened prison house." He challenges readers to imagine it anew: a God who reigned on high, appearing in the form of a slave and dying as a criminal, only then to be raised up and revealed as the Lord of all things.

The Escape Artist by Jonathan Freedland Winner of the National Jewish Book Award · New York Times Bestseller "A brilliant and heart-wrenching book, with universal and timely lessons about the power of information--and misinformation. Is it possible to stop mass murder by telling the truth?" -- Yuval Noah Harari, bestselling author of Sapiens: A Brief History of Humankind and Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow A complex hero. A forgotten story. The first witness to reveal the full truth of the Holocaust . . . Award-winning journalist and bestselling novelist Jonathan Freedland tells the astonishing true story of Rudolf Vrba, the man who broke out of Auschwitz to warn the world of a truth too few were willing to hear. In April 1944, Rudolf Vrba became one of the very first Jews to escape from Auschwitz and make his way to freedom--among only a tiny handful who ever pulled off that near-impossible feat. He did it to reveal the truth of the death camp to the world--and to warn the last Jews of Europe what fate awaited them. Against all odds, Vrba and his fellow escapee, Fred Wetzler, climbed mountains, crossed rivers, and narrowly missed German bullets until they had smuggled out the first full account of Auschwitz the world had ever seen--a forensically detailed report that eventually reached Franklin Roosevelt, Winston Churchill, and the Pope. And yet too few heeded the warning that Vrba had risked everything to deliver. Though Vrba helped save two hundred thousand Jewish lives, he never stopped believing it could have been so many more. This is the story of a brilliant yet troubled man--a gifted "escape artist" who, even as a teenager, understood that the difference between truth and lies can be the difference between life and death. Rudolf Vrba deserves to take his place alongside Anne Frank, Oskar Schindler, and Primo Levi as one of the handful of individuals whose stories define our understanding of the Holocaust.

After the Nazis by Michael H. Kater A wide-ranging, insightful history of culture in West Germany--from literature, film, and music to theater and the visual arts   After World War II a mood of despair and impotence pervaded the arts in West Germany. The culture and institutions of the Third Reich were abruptly dismissed, yet there was no immediate return to the Weimar period's progressive ideals. In this moment of cultural stasis, how could West Germany's artists free themselves from their experiences of Nazism?   Moving from 1945 to reunification, Michael H. Kater explores West German culture as it emerged from the darkness of the Third Reich. Examining periods of denial and complacency as well as attempts to reckon with the past, he shows how all postwar culture was touched by the vestiges of National Socialism.   From the literature of Günter Grass to the happenings of Joseph Beuys and Karlheinz Stockhausen's innovations in electronic music, Kater shows how it was only through the reinvigoration of the cultural scene that West Germany could contend with its past--and eventually allow democracy to reemerge.

His Name Is George Floyd (Pulitzer Prize Winner) by Robert Samuels; Toluse Olorunnipa WINNER OF THE 2023 PULITZER PRIZE IN NONFICTION WINNER OF THE DAYTON LITERARY PEACE PRIZE FINALIST FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK AWARD AND LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE; FINALIST FOR THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS PRIZE; A BCALA 2023 HONOR NONFICTION AWARD WINNER. A landmark biography by two prizewinning Washington Post reporters that reveals how systemic racism shaped George Floyd's life and legacy--from his family's roots in the tobacco fields of North Carolina, to ongoing inequality in housing, education, health care, criminal justice, and policing--telling the story of how one man's tragic experience brought about a global movement for change. "It is a testament to the power of His Name Is George Floyd that the book's most vital moments come not after Floyd's death, but in its intimate, unvarnished and scrupulous account of his life . . . Impressive." --New York Times Book Review (Editors' Choice) "Since we know George Floyd's death with tragic clarity, we must know Floyd's America--and life--with tragic clarity. Essential for our times." --Ibram X. Kendi, author of How to Be an Antiracist   "A much-needed portrait of the life, times, and martyrdom of George Floyd, a chronicle of the racial awakening sparked by his brutal and untimely death, and an essential work of history I hope everyone will read." --Henry Louis Gates, Jr., author of The Black Church: This Is Our Story, This Is Our Song The events of that day are now tragically familiar: on May 25, 2020, George Floyd became the latest Black person to die at the hands of the police, murdered outside of a Minneapolis convenience store by white officer Derek Chauvin. The video recording of his death set off the largest protest movement in the history of the United States, awakening millions to the pervasiveness of racial injustice. But long before his face was painted onto countless murals and his name became synonymous with civil rights, Floyd was a father, partner, athlete, and friend who constantly strove for a better life.   His Name Is George Floyd tells the story of a beloved figure from Houston's housing projects as he faced the stifling systemic pressures that come with being a Black man in America. Placing his narrative within the context of the country's enduring legacy of institutional racism, this deeply reported account examines Floyd's family roots in slavery and sharecropping, the segregation of his schools, the overpolicing of his community amid a wave of mass incarceration, and the callous disregard toward his struggle with addiction--putting today's inequality into uniquely human terms. Drawing upon hundreds of interviews with Floyd's closest friends and family, his elementary school teachers and varsity coaches, civil rights icons, and those in the highest seats of political power, Washington Post reporters Robert Samuels and Toluse Olorunnipa offer a poignant and moving exploration of George Floyd's America, revealing how a man who simply wanted to breathe ended up touching the world.

Ted Kennedy by John A. Farrell LONGLISTED FOR THE 2022 NATIONAL BOOK AWARD FOR NONFICTION An enthralling and ground-breaking new biography of one of modern America's most fascinating and consequential political figures, drawing on important new sources, by an award-winning biographer who covered Kennedy closely for many years John A. Farrell's magnificent biography of Edward M. Kennedy is the first single-volume life of the great figure since his death. Farrell's long acquaintance with the Kennedy universe and the acclaim accorded his previous books--including his New York Times bestselling biography of Richard Nixon, a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize--helped garner him access to a remarkable range of new sources, including segments of Kennedy's personal diary and his private confessions to members of his family in the days that followed the accident on Chappaquiddick. Farrell is, without question, one of America's greatest political biographers and a storyteller of deep wisdom and empathy. His book does full justice to this famously epic and turbulent life of almost unimaginable tragedy and triumph. As the fourth son of the close-knit but fiercely competitive Kennedy clan, Ted was the runt of the litter. Expelled from Harvard University for cheating, he was a fun-loving playboy who nevertheless served his brothers loyally and effectively. It was easy to take Ted lightly, and many did. But when he was elected to the United States Senate at the age of thirty to fill his brother Jack's seat, something unexpected happened: he found his home and his calling there. Over time, Ted Kennedy would build arguably the most significant senatorial career in American history. His life was buffeted by heartbreak: the violent deaths of his three older brothers, his own terrible plane crash, his children's bouts with cancer, and the hideous self-inflicted wounds of Chappaquiddick and stretches of drinking and womanizing that caused irreparable damage to an already fragile first marriage. Those wounds scarred Ted deeply but also tempered his character, and, eventually, he embarked on a run as legislator, party elder, and paterfamilias of the Kennedy family that would change America for the better. John A. Farrell brings us the man as he was, in strength and weakness, his profound but complicated inheritance and his vital legacy, as only a great biographer can do. Without the story this book tells, no understanding of modern America can be complete.

South to America by Imani Perry WINNER OF THE 2022 NATIONAL BOOK AWARD FOR NONFICTION INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER "An elegant meditation on the complexities of the American South--and thus of America--by an esteemed daughter of the South and one of the great intellectuals of our time. An inspiration." --Isabel Wilkerson An essential, surprising journey through the history, rituals, and landscapes of the American South--and a revelatory argument for why you must understand the South in order to understand America We all think we know the South. Even those who have never lived there can rattle off a list of signifiers: the Civil War, Gone with the Wind, the Ku Klux Klan, plantations, football, Jim Crow, slavery. But the idiosyncrasies, dispositions, and habits of the region are stranger and more complex than much of the country tends to acknowledge. In South to America, Imani Perry shows that the meaning of American is inextricably linked with the South, and that our understanding of its history and culture is the key to understanding the nation as a whole. This is the story of a Black woman and native Alabaman returning to the region she has always called home and considering it with fresh eyes. Her journey is full of detours, deep dives, and surprising encounters with places and people. She renders Southerners from all walks of life with sensitivity and honesty, sharing her thoughts about a troubling history and the ritual humiliations and joys that characterize so much of Southern life. Weaving together stories of immigrant communities, contemporary artists, exploitative opportunists, enslaved peoples, unsung heroes, her own ancestors, and her lived experiences, Imani Perry crafts a tapestry unlike any other. With uncommon insight and breathtaking clarity, South to America offers an assertion that if we want to build a more humane future for the United States, we must center our concern below the Mason-Dixon Line.   A Recommended Read from: The New Yorker * The New York Times * TIME * Oprah Daily * USA Today * Vulture * Essence * Esquire * W Magazine * Atlanta Journal-Constitution * PopSugar * Book Riot * Chicago Review of Books * Electric Literature * Lit Hub 

Nomad Century by Gaia Vince "The MOST IMPORTANT BOOK I imagine I'll ever read."--Mary Roach FROM AN AWARD-WINNING SCIENCE JOURNALIST comes an urgent investigation of environmental migration--the most underreported, seismic consequence of our climate crisis that will force us to change where--and how--we live. "An IMPORTANT and PROVOCATIVE start to a crucial conversation." --Bill McKibben "We are facing a species emergency. We can survive, but to do so will require a planned and deliberate migration of a kind humanity has never before undertaken. This is the biggest human crisis you've never heard of." Drought-hit regions bleeding those for whom a rural life has become untenable. Coastlines diminishing year on year. Wildfires and hurricanes leaving widening swaths of destruction. The culprit, most of us accept, is climate change, but not enough of us are confronting one of its biggest, and most present, consequences: a total reshaping of the earth's human geography. As Gaia Vince points out early in Nomad Century, global migration has doubled in the past decade, on track to see literal billions displaced in the coming decades. What exactly is happening, Vince asks? And how will this new great migration reshape us all? In this deeply-reported clarion call, Vince draws on a career of environmental reporting and over two years of travel to the front lines of climate migration across the globe, to tell us how the changes already in play will transform our food, our cities, our politics, and much more. Her findings are answers we all need, now more than ever.

Why We Swim by Bonnie Tsui "A fascinating and beautifully written love letter to water. I was enchanted by this book." --Rebecca Skloot, bestselling author of The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks   We swim in freezing Arctic waters and piranha-infested rivers to test our limits. We swim for pleasure, for exercise, for healing. But humans, unlike other animals that are drawn to water, are not naturalborn swimmers. We must be taught. Our evolutionary ancestors learned for survival; today, swimming is one of the most popular activities in the world. Why We Swim is propelled by stories of Olympic champions, a Baghdad swim club that meets in Saddam Hussein's former palace pool, modern-day Japanese samurai swimmers, and even an Icelandic fisherman who improbably survives a wintry six-hour swim after a shipwreck. New York Times contributor Bonnie Tsui, a swimmer herself, dives into the deep, from the San Francisco Bay to the South China Sea, investigating what it is about water that seduces us, and why we come back to it again and again. An immersive, unforgettable, and eye-opening perspective on swimming--and on human behavior itself.  

The Address Book by Deirdre Mask Finalist for the 2020 Kirkus Prize for Nonfiction | One of Time Magazines's 100 Must-Read Books of 2020 | Longlisted for the 2020 Porchlight Business Book Awards "An entertaining quest to trace the origins and implications of the names of the roads on which we reside." --Sarah Vowell, The New York Times Book Review When most people think about street addresses, if they think of them at all, it is in their capacity to ensure that the postman can deliver mail or a traveler won't get lost. But street addresses were not invented to help you find your way; they were created to find you. In many parts of the world, your address can reveal your race and class. In this wide-ranging and remarkable book, Deirdre Mask looks at the fate of streets named after Martin Luther King Jr., the wayfinding means of ancient Romans, and how Nazis haunt the streets of modern Germany. The flipside of having an address is not having one, and we also see what that means for millions of people today, including those who live in the slums of Kolkata and on the streets of London. Filled with fascinating people and histories, The Address Book illuminates the complex and sometimes hidden stories behind street names and their power to name, to hide, to decide who counts, who doesn't--and why.

The Chaos Machine by Max Fisher Finalist for the Helen Bernstein Book Award for Excellence in Journalism From a New York Times investigative reporter, this "authoritative and devastating account of the impacts of social media" (New York Times Book Review)  tracks the high-stakes inside story of how Big Tech's breakneck race to drive engagement--and profits--at all costs fractured the world. The Chaos Machine is "an essential book for our times" (Ezra Klein). We all have a vague sense that social media is bad for our minds, for our children, and for our democracies. But the truth is that its reach and impact run far deeper than we have understood. Building on years of international reporting, Max Fisher tells the gripping and galling inside story of how Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, and other social network preyed on psychological frailties to create the algorithms that drive everyday users to extreme opinions and, increasingly, extreme actions. As Fisher demonstrates, the companies' founding tenets, combined with a blinkered focus on maximizing engagement, have led to a destabilized world for everyone. Traversing the planet, Fisher tracks the ubiquity of hate speech and its spillover into violence, ills that first festered in far-off locales, to their dark culmination in America during the pandemic, the 2020 election, and the Capitol Insurrection. Through it all, the social-media giants refused to intervene in any meaningful way, claiming to champion free speech when in fact what they most prized were limitless profits. The result, as Fisher shows, is a cultural shift toward a world in which people are polarized not by beliefs based on facts, but by misinformation, outrage, and fear. His narrative is about more than the villains, however. Fisher also weaves together the stories of the heroic outsiders and Silicon Valley defectors who raised the alarm and revealed what was happening behind the closed doors of Big Tech. Both panoramic and intimate, The Chaos Machine is the definitive account of the meteoric rise and troubled legacy of the tech titans, as well as a rousing and hopeful call to arrest the havoc wreaked on our minds and our world before it's too late.

Unmasking Autism by DeVon Price A deep dive into the spectrum of Autistic experience and the phenomenon of masked Autism, giving individuals the tools to safely uncover their true selves while broadening society's narrow understanding of neurodiversity "A remarkable work that will stand at the forefront of the neurodiversity movement."--Barry M. Prizant, PhD, CCC-SLP, author of Uniquely Human: A Different Way of Seeing Autism For every visibly Autistic person you meet, there are countless "masked" Autistic people who pass as neurotypical. Masking is a common coping mechanism in which Autistic people hide their identifiably Autistic traits in order to fit in with societal norms, adopting a superficial personality at the expense of their mental health. This can include suppressing harmless stims, papering over communication challenges by presenting as unassuming and mild-mannered, and forcing themselves into situations that cause severe anxiety, all so they aren't seen as needy or "odd."   In Unmasking Autism, Dr. Devon Price shares his personal experience with masking and blends history, social science research, prescriptions, and personal profiles to tell a story of neurodivergence that has thus far been dominated by those on the outside looking in. For Dr. Price and many others, Autism is a deep source of uniqueness and beauty. Unfortunately, living in a neurotypical world means it can also be a source of incredible alienation and pain. Most masked Autistic individuals struggle for decades before discovering who they truly are. They are also more likely to be marginalized in terms of race, gender, sexual orientation, class, and other factors, which contributes to their suffering and invisibility. Dr. Price lays the groundwork for unmasking and offers exercises that encourage self-expression, including: * Celebrating special interests * Cultivating Autistic relationships * Reframing Autistic stereotypes * And rediscovering your values It's time to honor the needs, diversity, and unique strengths of Autistic people so that they no longer have to mask--and it's time for greater public acceptance and accommodation of difference. In embracing neurodiversity, we can all reap the rewards of nonconformity and learn to live authentically, Autistic and neurotypical people alike.

Organized Environmental Crime by Daan van Uhm Developing an innovative approach to understanding how organized crime groups diversify into the illegal trade in natural resources, this book looks at the convergence between environmental crime and other serious crimes. In Organized Environmental Crime, Daan van Uhm breaks new ground by rejecting the classic image of organized crime as specializing in one kind of criminal activity. Instead, he develops an innovative approach to understanding how organized crime groups diversify into the illegal trade in natural resources by looking at the convergence between environmental crime and other serious crimes. Personal stories from informants directly involved in organized crime networks offer unique insights into the black markets in gold, wildlife, and timber in three environmental crime hotspots: the Darién Gap, a remote swath of jungle on the Colombia-Panama border in Latin America; the Golden Triangle, a notorious opium epicenter in Southeast Asia; and the eastern edge of the Congo basin, an important conflict area in Central Africa. The proliferation of organized environmental crime exacerbates the global destruction of ancient rainforests; the mass extinction of species; and the pollution of the atmosphere, land, and water, negatively affecting planet Earth. By uncovering its incentives, features, and harms, this book is crucial to understanding organized environmental crime in a rapidly changing world.

The Birth of the FBI by Willard M. Oliver Most people believe the Federal Bureau of Investigation began under J. Edgar Hoover in the 1920s or 1930s. Many also naturally assume it was developed for the express purpose of fighting crime. However, the reality is very different. The reality is it began years earlier, in 1908, under President Theodore Roosevelt. In The Birth of the FBI: Teddy Roosevelt, the Secret Service, and the Fight Over America's Premier Law Enforcement Agency, Willard Oliver details the political fight that led to the birth of America's premier law enforcement agency. Roosevelt was concerned about conservation and one issue he wanted enforced were the fraudulent land deals being perpetrated by many people, including some members of Congress. When he began using the Secret Service to investigate these crimes, Congress blocked him from doing so. The end result of this political spat was Roosevelt's creation of the FBI, which heightened the political row between the two branches of government in the final year of Roosevelt's presidency. The truth of the matter is, the premier law enforcement agency in the United States was actually created because of a political fight between the executive and legislative branches of government. The Birth of the FBI reveals the true story behind the birth of the FBI and provides some useful insight into an important part of our American history.

Never Say You Can't Survive by Charlie Jane Anders WINNER OF THE 2022 HUGO AWARD FOR BEST RELATED WORK From Charlie Jane Anders, the award-winning author of novels such as All the Birds in the Sky and The City in the Middle of the Night, this is one of the most practical guides to storytelling that you will ever read. The world is on fire. So tell your story. Things are scary right now. We're all being swept along by a tidal wave of history, and it's easy to feel helpless. But we're not helpless: we have minds, and imaginations, and the ability to visualize other worlds and valiant struggles. And writing can be an act of resistance that reminds us that other futures and other ways of living are possible. Full of memoir, personal anecdote, and insight about how to flourish during the present emergency, Never Say You Can't Survive is the perfect manual for creativity in unprecedented times.

Star Child by Ibi Zoboi A Coretta Scott King Author Honor Book A Walter Dean Myers Honor Book From the New York Times bestselling author and National Book Award finalist, a biography in verse and prose of science fiction visionary Octavia Butler, author of Parable of the Sower and Kindred. Acclaimed novelist Ibi Zoboi illuminates the young life of the visionary storyteller Octavia E. Butler in poems and prose. Born into the Space Race, the Red Scare, and the dawning Civil Rights Movement, Butler experiencedan American childhood that shaped her into the groundbreaking science-fiction storyteller whose novels continue to challenge and delight readers fifteen years after her death.

Grown Woman Talk by Sharon Malone NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * "A must-read for anyone who cares about their quality of life . . . Dr. Sharon Malone is the first person I turn to for a whole host of issues, especially my health."--MICHELLE OBAMA A practical guide to aging and health for women who have felt ignored or marginalized by the medical profession, from a leading OB/GYN and expert on menopausal and post-reproductive health There's not enough talk around women's health, and what little there is rarely helps. Women are routinely warned, lectured, or threatened about their health. Or they are ignored, dismissed, or shamed. But they are rarely empowered. And empowerment, more than anything, is what women--and women of color, in particular--need. Grown Woman Talk is for every woman who has felt marginalized or overwhelmed by a healthcare system that has become more impersonal, complex, and difficult to navigate than ever. It's also for any woman who is simply standing at the intersection of aging and health, anxious and wanting solutions. Part medical handbook, part memoir, and part sister-girl cheerleader, this book is filled with useful resources and real-life stories of victory and defeat. It not only highlights the current data around women's health issues, but it also places that data in a helpful context. In a tone that is lively and intimate but unflinchingly direct, Dr. Sharon Malone details how to live better, age better, and get better medical treatment, especially when it's most needed. This is not a medical activism book designed to fight the power. This is a book designed to show women that they already have the power--they need only to increase their capacity and willingness to use it. Most important, Grown Woman Talk seeks to eradicate the silence that surrounds women's health by facilitating discussion between women of all ages and encouraging more accurate and productive medical insights. It is Dr. Sharon's belief that giving women more agency can, literally, give them life.

Acceptance by Emi Nietfeld "Nietfeld's gifts for capturing the fury of living at the mercy of bad circumstances, for critiquing the hero's journey even while she tells it, make Acceptance a remarkable memoir." --The New York Times Book Review A hard-hitting and hilarious memoir of ambition, desperation, and the dark side of grit Growing up in a house filled with dirty feather boas and fearless mice, Emi Nietfeld dreams of escaping to the Ivy League. Emi's single mom believes in her, but can't stop hoarding--catapulting Emi into the underworld of troubled teen treatment, foster care, and homelessness. When her shot arrives to trade sleeping in her car for the hallowed halls of an elite college, Emi must decide: How far will she go to market herself as a perfect "overcomer" when her problems are far from over? And what will it cost to maintain that illusion at Harvard and into adulthood?   From journalist, mental health advocate, and software engineer Emi Nietfeld, this searing coming-of-age story is both a chronicle of the American Dream and an indictment of it. Exposing the price of trading a troubled past for the promise of a bright future, Nietfeld explores whether any amount of success can make trauma worth it. With a ribbon of dark humor, Acceptance challenges our ideas of what it means to overcome--and live on your own terms.

Solito by Javier Zamora New York Times Bestseller * Read With Jenna Book Club Pick as seen on Today * Winner of the Los Angeles Times Christopher Isherwood Prize for Autobiography * Winner of the American Library Association Alex Award A young poet tells the inspiring story of his migration from El Salvador to the United States at the age of nine in this "gripping memoir" (NPR) of bravery, hope, and finding family.   Finalist for the PEN/John Kenneth Galbraith Award for Nonfiction * One of the New York Public Library's Ten Best Books of the Year Longlisted for the Andrew Carnegie Medal for Excellence and the PEN/Open Book Award "I read Solito with my heart in my throat and did not burst into tears until the last sentence. What a person, what a writer, what a book."--Emma Straub "A riveting tale of perseverance and the lengths humans will go to help each other in times of struggle."--Dave Eggers ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The New York Times Book Review, NPR, The Washington Post, San Francisco Chronicle, Vulture, She Reads, Kirkus Reviews Trip. My parents started using that word about a year ago--"one day, you'll take a trip to be with us. Like an adventure."   Javier Zamora's adventure is a three-thousand-mile journey from his small town in El Salvador, through Guatemala and Mexico, and across the U.S. border. He will leave behind his beloved aunt and grandparents to reunite with a mother who left four years ago and a father he barely remembers. Traveling alone amid a group of strangers and a "coyote" hired to lead them to safety, Javier expects his trip to last two short weeks.   At nine years old, all Javier can imagine is rushing into his parents' arms, snuggling in bed between them, and living under the same roof again. He cannot foresee the perilous boat trips, relentless desert treks, pointed guns, arrests and deceptions that await him; nor can he know that those two weeks will expand into two life-altering months alongside fellow migrants who will come to encircle him like an unexpected family.   A memoir as gripping as it is moving, Solito provides an immediate and intimate account not only of a treacherous and near-impossible journey, but also of the miraculous kindness and love delivered at the most unexpected moments. Solito is Javier Zamora's story, but it's also the story of millions of others who had no choice but to leave home.

The Upstairs Delicatessen by Dwight Garner Garner gathers a literary chorus to capture the joys of reading and eating in this comic, personal classic. Reading and eating, like Krazy and Ignatz, Sturm und Drang, prosciutto and melon, Simon and Schuster, and radishes and butter, have always, for me, simply gone together. The book you're holding is a product of these combined gluttonies. Dwight Garner, the beloved New York Times critic and the author of Garner's Quotations, serves up the intertwined pleasures of books and food. The product of a lifetime of obsessively reading, eating, and every combination therein, The Upstairs Delicatessen: On Eating, Reading, Reading About Eating, and Eating While Reading is a charming, emotional memoir, one that only Garner could write. In it, he records the voices of great writers and the stories from his life that fill his mind as he moves through the sections of the day and of this book: breakfast, lunch, shopping, the occasional nap, drinking, and dinner. Through his lifelong infatuation with these twin joys, we meet the man behind the pages and the plates, and a portrait of Garner, eager and insatiable, emerges. He writes with tenderness and humor about his mayonnaise-laden childhood in West Virginia and Naples, Florida (and about his father's famous peanut butter and pickle sandwich), his mind-opening marriage to a chef from a foodie family ("Cree grew up taking leftover frog legs to school in her lunch box"), and the words and dishes closest to his heart. This is a book to be savored, though it may just whet your appetite for more.

Heartstopper #1: a Graphic Novel by Alice Oseman (Illustrator) Boy meets boy. Boys become friends. Boys fall in love. A sweet and charming coming-of-age story that explores friendship, love, and coming out. This edition features beautiful two-color artwork. Now streaming on Netflix! Shy and softhearted Charlie Spring sits next to rugby player Nick Nelson in class one morning. A warm and intimate friendship follows, and that soon develops into something more for Charlie, who doesn't think he has a chance. But Nick is struggling with feelings of his own, and as the two grow closer and take on the ups and downs of high school, they come to understand the surprising and delightful ways in which love works.

Check, Please! Book 2: Sticks and Scones by Ngozi Ukazu (Illustrator) Bitty is heading to junior year of college and though he has overcome his fear of getting "checked" on the ice, he and Jack now face new challanges. They must nagivate their new relationship while being apart and also decide how they want to reveal their relationship to those around them. Not only that, but Jack and the Falconers are now a big part of the NHL--and Bitty's life! It's a hockey season filled with victories and losses.A collection of the second half of the mega-popular webcomic series of the same name, Check, Please!: Sticks and Scones is the last in a hilarious and stirring two-volume coming-of-age story about hockey, bros, and trying to find yourself during the best four years of your life.

Heartstopper #3: a Graphic Novel by Alice Oseman (Illustrator) The third volume in the poignant and sweet Heartstopper series, featuring beautiful two-color artwork! Now streaming on Netflix! Charlie didn't think Nick could ever like him back, but now they're officially boyfriends. Nick has even found the courage to come out to his mom.But coming out isn't something that happens just once, and Nick and Charlie try to figure out when to tell their friends that they're dating. Not being out to their classmates gets even harder during a school trip to Paris. As Nick and Charlie's feelings get more serious, they'll need each other more than ever.

Wahala by Nikki May "Contemporary female friendship goes glam in this lively debut novel with remarkable depth." -- Washington Post "Great fun and extremely smart." -- npr.org NAMED A MOST ANTICIPATED BOOK OF 2022 BY Vogue * Marie Claire * Glamour * Essence * Oprah Daily * Entertainment Weekly * Bustle * PopSugar * CrimeReads * and more! An incisive and exhilarating debut novel following three Anglo-Nigerian best friends and the lethally glamorous fourth woman who infiltrates their group--the most unforgettable girls since Carrie, Miranda, Charlotte, and Samantha. Ronke wants happily ever after and 2.2. kids. She's dating Kayode and wants him to be "the one" (perfect, like her dead father). Her friends think he's just another in a long line of dodgy Nigerian boyfriends. Boo has everything Ronke wants--a kind husband, gorgeous child. But she's frustrated, unfulfilled, plagued by guilt, and desperate to remember who she used to be. Simi is the golden one with the perfect lifestyle. No one knows she's crippled by impostor syndrome and tempted to pack it all in each time her boss mentions her "urban vibe." Her husband thinks they're trying for a baby. She's not. When the high-flying, charismatic Isobel explodes into the group, it seems at first she's bringing out the best in each woman. (She gets Simi an interview in Shanghai! Goes jogging with Boo!) But the more Isobel intervenes, the more chaos she sows, and Ronke, Simi, and Boo's close friendship begins to crack. A sharp, modern take on friendship, ambition, culture, and betrayal, Wahala (trouble) is an unforgettable novel from a brilliant new voice.

Sea of Tranquility by Emily St. John Mandel NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * The award-winning, best-selling author of Station Eleven and The Glass Hotel returns with a novel of art, time travel, love, and plague that takes the reader from Vancouver Island in 1912 to a dark colony on the moon five hundred years later, unfurling a story of humanity across centuries and space. One of the Best Books of the Year: The New York Times, NPR, GoodReads "One of [Mandel's] finest novels and one of her most satisfying forays into the arena of speculative fiction yet." --The New York Times Edwin St. Andrew is eighteen years old when he crosses the Atlantic by steamship, exiled from polite society following an ill-conceived diatribe at a dinner party. He enters the forest, spellbound by the beauty of the Canadian wilderness, and suddenly hears the notes of a violin echoing in an airship terminal--an experience that shocks him to his core.  Two centuries later a famous writer named Olive Llewellyn is on a book tour. She's traveling all over Earth, but her home is the second moon colony, a place of white stone, spired towers, and artificial beauty. Within the text of Olive's best-selling pandemic novel lies a strange passage: a man plays his violin for change in the echoing corridor of an airship terminal as the trees of a forest rise around him.  When Gaspery-Jacques Roberts, a detective in the black-skied Night City, is hired to investigate an anomaly in the North American wilderness, he uncovers a series of lives upended: The exiled son of an earl driven to madness, a writer trapped far from home as a pandemic ravages Earth, and a childhood friend from the Night City who, like Gaspery himself, has glimpsed the chance to do something extraordinary that will disrupt the timeline of the universe. A virtuoso performance that is as human and tender as it is intellectually playful, Sea of Tranquility is a novel of time travel and metaphysics that precisely captures the reality of our current moment.

The Maid by Nita Prose #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * GOOD MORNING AMERICA BOOK CLUB PICK * "A heartwarming mystery with a lovable oddball at its center" (Real Simple), this cozy whodunit introduces a one-of-a-kind heroine who will steal your heart.   FINALIST FOR THE EDGAR® AWARD * "The reader comes to understand Molly's worldview, and to sympathize with her longing to be accepted--a quest that gives The Maid real emotional heft."--The New York Times Book Review (Editors' Choice)   "Think Clue. Think page-turner."--Glamour ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Reader's Digest WINNER: The Anthony Award, The Fingerprint Award, The Barry Award In development as a major motion picture Molly Gray is not like everyone else. She struggles with social skills and misreads the intentions of others. Her gran used to interpret the world for her, codifying it into simple rules that Molly could live by. Since Gran died a few months ago, twenty-five-year-old Molly has been navigating life's complexities all by herself. No matter--she throws herself with gusto into her work as a hotel maid. Her unique character, along with her obsessive love of cleaning and proper etiquette, make her an ideal fit for the job. She delights in donning her crisp uniform each morning, stocking her cart with miniature soaps and bottles, and returning guest rooms at the Regency Grand Hotel to a state of perfection. But Molly's orderly life is upended the day she enters the suite of the infamous and wealthy Charles Black, only to find it in a state of disarray and Mr. Black himself dead in his bed. Before she knows what's happening, Molly's unusual demeanor has the police targeting her as their lead suspect. She quickly finds herself caught in a web of deception, one she has no idea how to untangle. Fortunately for Molly, friends she never knew she had unite with her in a search for clues to what really happened to Mr. Black--but will they be able to find the real killer before it's too late? A Clue-like, locked-room mystery and a heartwarming journey of the spirit, The Maid explores what it means to be the same as everyone else and yet entirely different--and reveals that all mysteries can be solved through connection to the human heart. ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Washington Post, The Guardian, Glamour, Elle, PopSugar, Newsweek, Mental Floss, She Reads, Kirkus Reviews

Fairy Tale by Stephen King A #1 New York Times Bestseller and New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice! Legendary storyteller Stephen King goes into the deepest well of his imagination in this spellbinding novel about a seventeen-year-old boy who inherits the keys to a parallel world where good and evil are at war, and the stakes could not be higher--for that world or ours. Charlie Reade looks like a regular high school kid, great at baseball and football, a decent student. But he carries a heavy load. His mom was killed in a horrific accident when he was seven, and grief drove his dad to drink. Charlie learned how to take care of himself--and his dad. When Charlie is seventeen, he meets a dog named Radar and her aging master, Howard Bowditch, a recluse in a big house at the top of a big hill, with a locked shed in the backyard. Sometimes strange sounds emerge from it. Charlie starts doing jobs for Mr. Bowditch and loses his heart to Radar. Then, when Bowditch dies, he leaves Charlie a cassette tape telling a story no one would believe. What Bowditch knows, and has kept secret all his long life, is that inside the shed is a portal to another world. Magnificent, terrifying, and "spellbinding...packed with glorious flights of imagination and characteristic tenderness about childhood, Fairy Tale is vintage King at his finest" (Esquire). "Good, evil, a kingdom to save, monsters to slay--these are the stuff that page-turners are made from." --Laura Miller, Slate

The Last Tale of the Flower Bride by Roshani Chokshi "A fairy tale in the oldest and truest sense: a haunting dream full of blood and love, vicious truths and beautiful lies. It swallowed me whole, and I went willingly." -- Alix E. Harrow, New York Times bestselling author of Starling House "Decadence laced with horror . . . A delightfully meta fairy tale . . . Magic emanates from every exquisitely crafted sentence." -- Charlie Jane Anders, Washington Post In the tradition of sumptuous gothic novels like Starling House and The Bloody Chamber comes a dark fairy tale-infused story about a cursed friendship and a marriage steeped in secrets--the breathtaking adult debut from New York Times bestselling author Roshani Chokshi. Once upon a time, a man who believed in fairy tales married a beautiful, mysterious woman named Indigo Maxwell-Casteñada. He was a scholar of myths. She was an heiress. In exchange for her love, Indigo extracted a promise: that her bridegroom would never pry into her past. But when the couple returns to Indigo's childhood home, the House of Dreams, the bridegroom will soon find himself unable to resist. For within the crumbling manor's extravagant rooms lurks the shadow of another girl: Azure, Indigo's dearest childhood friend, who suddenly disappeared. As the house slowly reveals his wife's secrets, the bridegroom will be forced to choose between reality and fantasy, even if doing so threatens to destroy their marriage . . . or their lives. Through a tapestry of secrets woven around dangerous shards of truth, Chokshi crafts an atmospheric fever dream of a novel about love and lies, secrets and betrayal, and the stories we tell ourselves to survive. "Chokshi's tale is as sweet as a piece of fairy fruit, and just as wicked. Every bite is velvet, every swallow is gold, and the taste lingers like a fever dream." -- V. E. Schwab, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Invisible Life of Addie LaRue "Gorgeous and ornate, this sensual fairy tale illuminates the corrosive and redemptive power of both love and lies." -- Holly Black, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Book of Night

Lessons in Chemistry by Bonnie Garmus #1 GLOBAL BESTSELLER WITH MORE THAN 6 MILLION COPIES SOLD * Meet Elizabeth Zott: "a gifted research chemist, absurdly self-assured and immune to social convention" (The Washington Post) in 1960s California whose career takes a detour when she becomes the unlikely star of a beloved TV cooking show. * STREAM ON APPLE TV+ This novel is "irresistible, satisfying and full of fuel" (The New York Times Book Review) and "witty, sometimes hilarious...the Catch-22 of early feminism" (Stephen King, via Twitter). A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The New York Times, Washington Post, NPR, Oprah Daily, Entertainment Weekly, Newsweek Chemist Elizabeth Zott is not your average woman. In fact, Elizabeth Zott would be the first to point out that there is no such thing as an average woman. But it's the early 1960s and her all-male team at Hastings Research Institute takes a very unscientific view of equality. Except for one: Calvin Evans; the lonely, brilliant, Nobel-prize nominated grudge-holder who falls in love with--of all things--her mind. True chemistry results.  But like science, life is unpredictable. Which is why a few years later Elizabeth Zott finds herself not only a single mother, but the reluctant star of America's most beloved cooking show Supper at Six. Elizabeth's unusual approach to cooking ("combine one tablespoon acetic acid with a pinch of sodium chloride") proves revolutionary. But as her following grows, not everyone is happy. Because as it turns out, Elizabeth Zott isn't just teaching women to cook. She's daring them to change the status quo.   Laugh-out-loud funny, shrewdly observant, and studded with a dazzling cast of supporting characters, Lessons in Chemistry is as original and vibrant as its protagonist.

Our Missing Hearts by Celeste Ng An instant New York Times bestseller * A New York Times Notable Book * Named a Best Book of 2022 by People, TIME Magazine, The Washington Post, USA Today, NPR, Los Angeles Times, and Oprah Daily, and more * A Reese's Book Club Pick * New York Times Paperback Row Selection From the #1 bestselling author of Little Fires Everywhere, comes the inspiring new novel about a mother's unshakeable love.   "Riveting, tender, and timely." --People, Book of the Week "Remarkable . . . An unflinching yet life-affirming drama about the power of art and love to push back in dangerous times." --Oprah Daily "Thought-provoking, heart-wrenching . . . I was so invested in the future of this mother and son." --Reese Witherspoon (Reese's Book Club Pick)   Twelve-year-old Bird Gardner lives a quiet existence with his loving father, a former linguist who now shelves books in a university library. His mother, Margaret, a Chinese American poet, left without a trace when he was nine years old. He doesn't know what happened to her--only that her books have been banned--and he resents that she cared more about her work than about him.   Then one day Bird receives a mysterious letter containing only a cryptic drawing, and soon he is pulled into a quest to find her. His journey will take him back to the many folktales she poured into his head as a child, through the ranks of an underground network of heroic librarians, and finally to New York City, where he will learn the truth about what happened to his mother and what the future holds for them both.   Our Missing Hearts is an old story made new, of the ways supposedly civilized communities can ignore the most searing injustice. It's about the lessons and legacies we pass on to our children and the power of art to create change.

Take My Hand by Dolen Perkins-Valdez Winner of the 2023 NAACP Image Award for Outstanding Literary Work - Fiction "Deeply empathetic yet unflinching in its gaze...an unforgettable exploration of responsibility and redemption."--Celeste Ng Inspired by true events that rocked the nation, a searing and compassionate new novel about a Black nurse in post-segregation Alabama who blows the whistle on a terrible injustice done to her patients, from the New York Times bestselling author of Wench Montgomery, Alabama, 1973. Fresh out of nursing school, Civil Townsend intends to make a difference, especially in her African American community. At the Montgomery Family Planning Clinic, she hopes to help women shape their destinies, to make their own choices for their lives and bodies. But when her first week on the job takes her along a dusty country road to a worn-down one-room cabin, Civil is shocked to learn that her new patients, Erica and India, are children--just eleven and thirteen years old. Neither of the Williams sisters has even kissed a boy, but they are poor and Black, and for those handling the family's welfare benefits, that's reason enough to have the girls on birth control. As Civil grapples with her role, she takes India, Erica, and their family into her heart. Until one day she arrives at their door to learn the unthinkable has happened, and nothing will ever be the same for any of them. Decades later, with her daughter grown and a long career in her wake, Dr. Civil Townsend is ready to retire, to find her peace, and to leave the past behind. But there are people and stories that refuse to be forgotten. That must not be forgotten. Because history repeats what we don't remember. Inspired by true events and brimming with hope, Take My Hand is a stirring exploration of accountability and redemption. "Highlights the horrific discrepancies in our healthcare system and illustrates their heartbreaking consequences."--Essence

Malibu Rising by Taylor Jenkins Reid NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * Read with Jenna Book Club Pick as Featured on Today * From the author of Carrie Soto Is Back, Daisy Jones & The Six, and The Seven Husbands of Evelyn Hugo . . . "Irresistible . . . High drama at the beach, starring four sexy, surfing siblings and their deadbeat, famous-crooner dad."--People ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Washington Post, Time, Marie Claire, PopSugar, Parade, Teen Vogue, Self, She Reads Four famous siblings throw an epic party to celebrate the end of the summer. But over the course of twenty-four hours, the family drama that ensues will change their lives forever. Malibu: August 1983. It's the day of Nina Riva's annual end-of-summer party, and anticipation is at a fever pitch. Everyone wants to be around the famous Rivas: Nina, the talented surfer and supermodel; brothers Jay and Hud, one a championship surfer, the other a renowned photographer; and their adored baby sister, Kit. Together the siblings are a source of fascination in Malibu and the world over--especially as the offspring of the legendary singer Mick Riva. The only person not looking forward to the party of the year is Nina herself, who never wanted to be the center of attention, and who has also just been very publicly abandoned by her pro tennis player husband. Oh, and maybe Hud--because it is long past time for him to confess something to the brother from whom he's been inseparable since birth. Jay, on the other hand, is counting the minutes until nightfall, when the girl he can't stop thinking about promised she'll be there. And Kit has a couple secrets of her own--including a guest she invited without consulting anyone. By midnight the party will be completely out of control. By morning, the Riva mansion will have gone up in flames. But before that first spark in the early hours before dawn, the alcohol will flow, the music will play, and the loves and secrets that shaped this family's generations will all come rising to the surface. Malibu Rising is a story about one unforgettable night in the life of a family: the night they each have to choose what they will keep from the people who made them . . . and what they will leave behind.

The Man Who Could Move Clouds by Ingrid Rojas Contreras PULITZER PRIZE FINALIST * NATIONAL BOOK AWARD FINALIST * From the bestselling author of Fruit of the Drunken Tree, comes a dazzling, kaleidoscopic memoir reclaiming her family's otherworldly legacy. A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: TIME, NPR, VULTURE, PEOPLE, BOSTON GLOBE, VANITY FAIR, ESQUIRE, & MORE "Rojas Contreras reacquaints herself with her family's past, weaving their stories with personal narrative, unraveling legacies of violence, machismo and colonialism... In the process, she has written a spellbinding and genre-defying ancestral history."--New York Times Book Review  For Ingrid Rojas Contreras, magic runs in the family. Raised amid the political violence of 1980s and '90s Colombia, in a house bustling with her mother's fortune-telling clients, she was a hard child to surprise. Her maternal grandfather, Nono, was a renowned curandero, a community healer gifted with what the family called "the secrets": the power to talk to the dead, tell the future, treat the sick, and move the clouds. And as the first woman to inherit "the secrets," Rojas Contreras' mother was just as powerful. Mami delighted in her ability to appear in two places at once, and she could cast out even the most persistent spirits with nothing more than a glass of water. This legacy had always felt like it belonged to her mother and grandfather, until, while living in the U.S. in her twenties, Rojas Contreras suffered a head injury that left her with amnesia. As she regained partial memory, her family was excited to tell her that this had happened before: Decades ago Mami had taken a fall that left her with amnesia, too. And when she recovered, she had gained access to "the secrets." In 2012, spurred by a shared dream among Mami and her sisters, and her own powerful urge to relearn her family history in the aftermath of her memory loss, Rojas Contreras joins her mother on a journey to Colombia to disinter Nono's remains. With Mami as her unpredictable, stubborn, and often amusing guide, Rojas Contreras traces her lineage back to her Indigenous and Spanish roots, uncovering the violent and rigid colonial narrative that would eventually break her mestizo family into two camps: those who believe "the secrets" are a gift, and those who are convinced they are a curse. Interweaving family stories more enchanting than those in any novel, resurrected Colombian history, and her own deeply personal reckonings with the bounds of reality, Rojas Contreras writes her way through the incomprehensible and into her inheritance. The result is a luminous testament to the power of storytelling as a healing art and an invitation to embrace the extraordinary.

Tomorrow, and Tomorrow, and Tomorrow by Gabrielle Zevin NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER * Sam and Sadie--two college friends, often in love, but never lovers--become creative partners in a dazzling and intricately imagined world of video game design, where success brings them fame, joy, tragedy, duplicity, and, ultimately, a kind of immortality. It is a love story, but not one you have read before. "Delightful and absorbing." --The New York Times * "Utterly brilliant." --John Green   One of the Best Books of the Year: The New York Times, Entertainment Weekly, TIME, GoodReads, Oprah Daily From the best-selling author of The Storied Life of A. J. Fikry: On a bitter-cold day, in the December of his junior year at Harvard, Sam Masur exits a subway car and sees, amid the hordes of people waiting on the platform, Sadie Green. He calls her name. For a moment, she pretends she hasn't heard him, but then, she turns, and a game begins: a legendary collaboration that will launch them to stardom. These friends, intimates since childhood, borrow money, beg favors, and, before even graduating college, they have created their first blockbuster, Ichigo. Overnight, the world is theirs. Not even twenty-five years old, Sam and Sadie are brilliant, successful, and rich, but these qualities won't protect them from their own creative ambitions or the betrayals of their hearts. Spanning thirty years, from Cambridge, Massachusetts, to Venice Beach, California, and lands in between and far beyond, Gabrielle Zevin's Tomorrow, and Tomorrow, and Tomorrow examines the multifarious nature of identity, disability, failure, the redemptive possibilities in play, and above all, our need to connect: to be loved and to love.

A Scatter of Light by Malinda Lo "Full of yearning, ponderances about art and what it means to be an artist, and self-revelation, A Scatter of Light has a simmering intensity that makes it hard to put down."--NPR An Instant New York Times Bestseller Last Night at the Telegraph Club author Malinda Lo returns to the Bay Area with another masterful queer coming-of-age story, this time set against the backdrop of the first major Supreme Court decisions legalizing gay marriage.  Aria Tang West was looking forward to a summer on Martha's Vineyard with her best friends--one last round of sand and sun before college. But after a graduation party goes wrong, Aria's parents exile her to California to stay with her grandmother, artist Joan West. Aria expects boredom, but what she finds is Steph Nichols, her grandmother's gardener. Soon, Aria is second-guessing who she is and what she wants to be, and a summer that once seemed lost becomes unforgettable--for Aria, her family, and the working-class queer community Steph introduces her to. It's the kind of summer that changes a life forever. And almost sixty years after the end of Last Night at the Telegraph Club, A Scatter of Light also offers a glimpse into Lily and Kath's lives since 1955.

Hawaii's Night Marchers by Robert Kapanui; Tanya Kapanui "The oral traditions of Hawaii's Night Marchers were first passed down from mouth to ear by those who had witnessed the haunted procession. After Western contact and the influx of so many different cultures, hundreds of people have observed the ghostly army, Hawaiians and non-Hawaiians alike, all from different walks of life and the most common question is, who are they?"--Amazon.com

Mysteries of Honolulu by Robert Lopaka Kapanui Welcome to Mysteries of Honolulu - A collection of "chicken skin" Hawaiian tales about mysterious happenings in this island paradise. Lopaka Kapanui is Hawaii's Ghost Guy who collects and shares the stories that reveal a haunted Hawai'i that many don't even realize exists.With a mix of factual accounts and stories of fiction, Kapanui weaves spooky tales that highlight the eclectic blend of Hawaii's cultural identity. Within this collection are stories of discovery; a death long past, a family thief, a strange woman from the sea, something hiding in the midst of Downtown Honolulu, and more. Let Lopaka transport you to a Hawai'i seldom seen by visitors. Beyond the cool waters and trade winds of our idealistic paradise is the thin veil which separates our world from the place where shadows talk back.

Mysteries of Hawai'i by Robert Lopaka Kapanui Many people who live outside the island state don't realize that, like anywhere else, many places in Hawai'i are very haunted, perhaps more so. Local residents seem to take Hawaii's hauntings as a part of everyday life. Lopaka Kapanui is Hawaii's "Ghost Guy" who collects and shares the ghost stories of Hawai'i.Na Mo'olelo Lapu is a collection of ghost stories from different people who have lived in Hawai'i long enough to have experienced their own hauntings personally. From an old woman who longs for her lost child and a Royal Princess who has been known to make a ghostly appearance, to an old Hawaiian man in a former hospital and a regal man who died in a tragic accident, Kapanui shares a myriad of stories of the ghosts of different cultures who all lived, and died, in Hawai'i.Some of the tales are the author's own experiences while others have been shared by those who were haunted. All of them are true as told by everyday people.

The Hawaiian journal of history. by Hawaiian Historical Society

Hawaii 24/7 by Dorling Kindersley Publishing Staff (Editor) Following the success of The New York Times bestseller America 24/7, DK is publishing 50 books that showcase the best photographs from each state - all to be published on the same day. Each individual book includes 95% new photography and is a unique personal expression of state pride.

Pet Walk! the Pam Burns Years by Cecelia Burns Smith; Caleb Burns PetWalk! The Pam Burns Years is an inspirational chronicle of the 27 remarkable years Pam Burns served as president and CEO of the Hawaiian Humane Society. During that time, she played a leading role in advancing community programs and legal protections for animals to create a more humane existence for all living things within the islands she called home, and she turned the small, independent shelter into a state-of-the-industry animal welfare organization and role model for the humane movement across the globe.What shines through the pages of PetWalk! is a portrait of a passionate and tireless advocate for all creatures and Pam's unwavering optimism that, with a collective effort, Hawaii can be a better place for humans and animals alike.

Land, Sea, Shelter, and Culture by Architects Hawaii Ltd This book tells their story and in so doing, tells the story of the making of a modern Hawaii.  AHL is the most prominent, prestigious, and progressive architectural practice working in Hawaii. As such, the history of Modern Hawaiian architecture is very much the history of AHL. Over the past 75 years, no firm has built bigger, higher, or more frequently than AHL.  The output of the firm is extraordinary, ranging from numerous state and federal facilities like the Hawaii State Capitol building to the Prince Jonah Kūhiō Kalaniana'ole Federal Building. The first high-rises in Hawaii belong to AHL along with some of most high-profile residential (Moana Pacific), hospitality (Aulani, A Disney Resort & Spa), healthcare and education (John A. Burns School of Medicine), and commercial complexes like the American Savings Bank and Pacific Guardian Center Towers, to numerous retail stores, schools and university buildings, churches, and extensive work with the military.  AHL's projects extend beyond Hawaii and its neighbor islands, throughout the Pacific in Guam, Philippines, Palau, American Samoa, and Asia.The scope of the book covers the period from 1946, when founder, Cy Lemmon, opened the first office in the garage of his Waikiki Home through present day operations housing a staff of over one hundred working in downtown Honolulu.

Island Memories by Bella Finau-Faumuina; Delia Parker-Ulima From the women behind Creative Native, Hawaii's first locally based Island style scrapbook supply company, comes Island Memories. This book is packed with unique and exciting scrapbook page ideas as well as ideas for greeting cards, party favors, invitations, and gifts. With step-by-step instructions as well as a directory of tools and supplies, this book helps you to preserve memories, Hawaiian style.

Sam Choy's Little Hawaiian Cookbook for Big Appetites by Sam Choy Join celebrity Chef Sam Choy in this little celebration of Hawai'i's cuisine. Detailed and easy to follow, Sam's recipes are also surprisingly quick to prepare.

Miracles of Our Own Making: a history of paganism / by Liz Williams A bewitching and authoritative historical overview of magic in the British Isles, from the ancient peoples of Britain to the rich and cosmopolitan landscape of contemporary paganism. "An absolute must for anyone interested in the development of paganism in the modern world. I cannot recommend this book enough."--Janet Farrar, coauthor of A Witches' Bible "At last, we have a history of British Paganism written from the inside, by somebody who not only has a good knowledge of the sources, but explicitly understands how Pagans and magicians think."--Ronald Hutton, author of The Triumph of the Moon and The Witch What do we mean by "paganism"--druids, witches, and occult rituals? Healing charms and forbidden knowledge? Miracles of Our Own Making is a historical overview of pagan magic in the British Isles, from the ancient peoples of Britain to the rich and cosmopolitan landscape of contemporary paganism. Exploring the beliefs of the druids, Anglo-Saxons, and Vikings, as well as Elizabethan Court alchemy and witch trials, we encounter grimoires, ceremonial magic, and the Romantic revival of arcane deities. The influential and well-known--the Golden Dawn, Wicca, and figures such as Aleister Crowley--are considered alongside the everyday "cunning folk" who formed the magical fabric of previous centuries. Ranging widely across literature, art, science, and beyond, Liz Williams debunks many of the prevailing myths surrounding magical practice, past and present, while offering a rigorously researched and highly accessible account of what it means to be a pagan today.

The Chinese Myths : a guide to the gods and legends / by Tao Tao Liu The essential guide to the complex, fascinating world of Chinese myths: retelling the stories and exploring their significance in Chinese culture. This is a concise and entertaining guide to the complex tradition of Chinese mythology. While many around the world are familiar with some aspects of Chinese myth - through Chinese New Year festivities or the classic adventures of the Monkey King in Journey to the West - few outside of China understand the richness of Chinese mythology, influenced by Daoism, Buddhism and Confucianism. Offering much more than any competing overview of Chinese mythology, The Chinese Myths not only retells the ancient stories but also considers their place within the patterns of Chinese religions, culture and history. Tao Tao Liu introduces us to an intriguing cast of gods, goddesses, dragons and monks, including: the ancient hero, Yi the Archer, who shot suns out of the sky to save humanity from a drought; Guanyin, the Goddess of Mercy and Compassion, to whom there are temples dedicated all over East Asia; and Madame White Snake, a water snake spirit in the guise of a mysterious widow, her story adapted into countless films and operas. This book is for anyone interested in China, as knowing its myths allows readers to understand and appreciate its culture in a new light.

Understanding Sikhism by James D. Holt (Series edited by) Sikhism is often the religion that teachers have the least confidence in teaching, despite being the fifth largest religion in the world, and being commonly regarded as one of the six main religions to be taught in schools. This book fills that gap in knowledge and expertise by exploring the beliefs and practices of Sikhism as a lived religion in the modern world. It engages with Sikh beliefs and practices, and provides students and teachers with the confidence to address misconceptions and recognise the importance of beliefs in the lives of believers, in a way that will enable readers to go forward with confidence. Aspects of Sikhism explored include the concepts that form the central beliefs of Sikhism, and the expression of these beliefs in worship and daily life, and the ethics of Sikhs in the modern day. Each chapter includes authentic voices of believers today and provides opportunities for the reader to consider the concepts and how they can be respected and taught in the classroom.

Muslim Mechanics by Charles H. Brewton (Contribution by) Muslim Mechanics is a factual and informative resource guide for Islam written for non-Muslim Western audiences. The word mechanics, as in quantum mechanics or classical mechanics, represents a branch of physical science that studies the working parts of complex systems, machines, or even organizations and institutions. Taking the same tact, Muslim Mechanics is the study of how Islamic policies, activities, and functions affect populations and organizations. Going further, Muslim Mechanics looks at the functional and technical aspects of actions and determines their impact on an organizational and institutional level. As the word mechanics would indicate, there are hundreds of policies, rules, and beliefs that make Islam tick like a Swiss watch. Dr. Brewton presents an objective and secular view of a religion that is anything but secular.

The Making of American Buddhism by Scott A. Mitchell As of 2010, there were approximately 3-4 million Buddhists in the United States, and that figure is expected to grow significantly. Beyond the numbers, the influence of Buddhism can be felt throughout the culture, with many more people practicing meditation, for example, than claiming Buddhist identity. A century ago, this would have been unthinkable. So how did Buddhism come to claim such a significant place in the American cultural landscape? The Making of American Buddhism offers an answer, showing how in the years on either side of World War II second-generation Japanese American Buddhists laid claim to an American identity inclusive of their religious identity. In the process they-and their allies-created a place for Buddhism in America. These sons and daughters of Japanese immigrants-known as "Nisei," Japanese for "second-generation"-clustered around the Berkeley Bussei, a magazine published from 1939 to 1960. In the pages of the Bussei and elsewhere, these Nisei Buddhists argued that Buddhism was both what made them good Americans and what they had to contribute to America-a rational and scientific religion of peace. The Making of American Buddhism also details the behind-the-scenes labor that made Buddhist modernism possible. The Bussei was one among many projects that were embedded within Japanese American Buddhist communities and connected to national and transnational networks that shaped and allowed for the spread of modernist Buddhist ideas. In creating communities, publishing magazines, and hosting scholarly conventions and translation projects, Nisei Buddhists built the religious infrastructure that allowed the later Buddhist modernists, Beat poets, and white converts who are often credited with popularizing Buddhism to flourish. Nisei activists didn't invent American Buddhism, but they made it possible.

Turning Words: transformative encounters with Buddhist teachers by Hozan Alan Senauke; Susan Moon (Foreword by) A poignant portrait of spiritual relationships in the diverse worlds of American and global Buddhism, through stories of over 30 luminaries including His Holiness the Dalai Lama, Thich Nhat Hanh, Joan Halifax, Joanna Macy, and more. Across more than thirty-five years of practice in Zen and socially engaged Buddhism, Alan Senauke has had a range of remarkable encounters with Buddhist teachers and spiritual friends. Here he collects stories of moments in which someone's words, actions, or presence opened his mind and heart in a new way. Touching on meditation, insight, social action, race, family, community, and more, these vignettes build like a chorus and convey lessons such as taking one's work seriously without taking oneself seriously, letting things fall apart, and using oneself up on behalf of others. The book's stories and accompanying photographs feature many of the greatest Zen teachers, engaged Buddhists, and global Buddhist leaders of our day, including Robert Aitken, Bernie Glassman, Shodo Harada, Dainin Katagiri, Jarvis Masters, Ven. Sheng Yen, Sulak Sivaraksa, and many more-with a special section devoted to the teachings of Senauke's primary teacher, Sojun Mel Weitsman.

Rethinking Meditation : Buddhist meditative practices in ancient and modern worlds / by David L. McMahan A dizzying array of meditation practices have emerged in the long and culturally diverse history of Buddhism. Yet if you are seeking out meditation today in North America and Europe-and, increasingly, in the rest of the world as well-you will likely encounter one particular type, often under the label "mindfulness." You will find it taught in Zen monasteries, Insight Meditation centers, health clubs, colleges, psychologists' offices, corporations, liberal Christian churches, prisons, and the US military. Countless articles in popular magazines promote its benefits, often depicting it as a panacea for problems as wide-ranging as anxiety, depression, heart disease, eating disorders, and psoriasis. There are books on mindfulness and meditation not only by Buddhist monks but also by medical doctors, psychologists, computer engineers, business consultants, and a US congressman. Meditation teachers will sometimes say that this is the same meditative practice that the Buddha taught over 2500 years ago, and which has been transmitted virtually unchanged down through the centuries to us today. The "cultural baggage" surrounding the practices has changed, but the essence is intact, and what it does for people, whether you're a Buddhist monk or a corporate executive, remains the same. Rethinking Meditation shows that the standard articulation of mindfulness did not come down to us unchanged from the time of the Buddha. Rather, it is a distillation of particular strands of Buddhist thought that have combined with western ideas to create a unique practice tailored to modern life. Rethinking Meditation argues that the relationship between meditative practices and cultural context is much more crucial than is suggested in typical contemporary articulations. David McMahan shows that most of the vast array of meditative practices that have emerged in Buddhist traditions have been filtered out of typical contemporary practice, allowing only a trickle of meditative practices through. This book presents a genealogy of some specific elements in classical Buddhist traditions that have fed into contemporary meditative practices-those that have made it through the filters of modernity. It asks: out of the many forms of Buddhist meditation that have developed over two-and-a-half millennia, how and why were particular practices selected to coalesce into the Standard Version today?

Living Theravada : demystifying the people, places, and practices of a Buddhist tradition / by Brooke Schedneck An illuminating introduction to the contemporary world of Theravada Buddhism and its rich culture and practices in modern mainland Southeast Asia. Theravada translates as "the way of the Elders," indicating that this Buddhist tradition considers itself to be the most authoritative and pure. Tracing all the way back to the time of the Buddha, Theravada Buddhism is distinguished by canonical literature preserved in the Pali language, beliefs, and practices-and this literature is often specialized and academic in tone. By contrast, this book will serve as a foundational and accessible resource on Theravada Buddhism and the contemporary, lived world of its enduring tradition. Brooke Schedneck has done extensive research on topics such as religions of Southeast Asia, contemporary Buddhism, gender in Asian religions, and religious tourism. Narrowing in on topics such as temples, monastic lives, lay Buddhists, meditation, and Buddhist objects, Schedneck highlights the thriving diversity of Theravada Buddhists today. Exploring Theravada as a lived religion reveals how people apply various expressions in everyday life. She presents to readers the most important practices and beliefs of Theravada Buddhists, illustrated through contemporary debates about what represents proper Theravada practice within Cambodia, Myanmar, Laos, and Thailand in the twenty-first century. Additionally, practical information is provided in appendices about what temples and practice centers readers can visit as well as a temple etiquette guide offering tips for being a respectful visitor. While academics will benefit from and appreciate this overview, the writing offers a refreshing introduction to a complex tradition for readers new to the subject.

Awakening Wisdom : heart advice on the fundamental practices of Vajrayana Buddhism / by Pema Wangyal; Padmakara Translation Group (Translator) A clear, short, and delightful guide to practicing Vajrayana Buddhism, covering everything a beginner needs to know to get started, including instructions on the Vajrayana preliminary practices. If you are new to Tibetan Buddhism, this short work will help you get started with your practice, and if you are well steeped in these teachings, it will remind you of the essentials points. Framed as a commentary on the Tersar Ngondro by Dudjom Rinpoche, Awakening Wisdom is geared toward connecting people with practice. Part I covers motivation, posture and breathing, mantra practice, and the four reflections that turn the mind toward Buddhist practice. Part II covers mantras and tonglen, the compassion practice that helps us connect to the suffering of others. Part III provides guidance about the preliminary practices themselves- the practice of the threefold refuge; generating the altruistic mind, or bodhichitta; purification practice; mandala offering; and Guru Yoga, explaining how each practice is the antidote to a particular cause of suffering, or "poison." Part III also includes precious guidance about the Vajra Guru mantra and the transference of consciousness at the moment of death. While these may seem like technical subjects-and this is indeed a traditional presentation-Pema Wangyal's writing is suffused with warmth and tenderness, making this book quite accessible and inviting to beginners.

Medieval Graffiti by Matthew Champion A fascinating guide to decoding the secret language of the churches of England through the medieval carved markings and personal etchings found on our church walls from archaeologist Matthew Champion. 'Rare, lovely glimmers of everyday life in the Middle Ages.' -- The Sunday Times 'A fascinating and enjoyable read' -- ***** Reader review 'Superb' -- ***** Reader review 'Riveting' -- ***** Reader review 'Compelling, moving and fascinating' -- ***** Reader review ***************************************************************************************************** Our churches are full of hidden messages from years gone by and for centuries these carved writings and artworks have lain largely unnoticed. Having launched a nationwide survey to gather the best examples, archaeologist Matthew Champion shines a spotlight on a forgotten world of ships, prayers for good fortune, satirical cartoons, charms, curses, windmills, word puzzles, architectural plans and heraldic designs. Here are strange medieval beasts, knights battling unseen dragons, ships sailing across lime-washed oceans and demons who stalk the walls. Latin prayers for the dead jostle with medieval curses, builders' accounts and slanderous comments concerning a long-dead archdeacon. Strange and complex geometric designs, created to ward off the 'evil eye' and thwart the works of the devil, share church pillars with the heraldic shields of England's medieval nobility. Giving a voice to the secret graffiti artists of Medieval times, this engaging, enthralling and - at times - eye-opening book, with a glossary of key terms and a county-by-county directory of key churches, will put this often overlooked period in a whole new light.

Emperor of Rome by Mary Beard In her international bestseller SPQR, Mary Beard told the thousand-year story of ancient Rome, from its slightly shabby Iron Age origins to its reign as the undisputed hegemon of the Mediterranean. Now, drawing on more than thirty years of teaching and writing about Roman history, Beard turns to the emperors who ruled the Roman Empire, beginning with Julius Caesar (assassinated 44 BCE) and taking us through the nearly three centuries--and some thirty emperors--that separate him from the boy-king Alexander Severus (assassinated 235 CE). Yet Emperor of Rome is not your typical chronological account of Roman rulers, one emperor after another: the mad Caligula, the monster Nero, the philosopher Marcus Aurelius. Instead, Beard asks different, often larger and more probing questions: What power did emperors actually have? Was the Roman palace really so bloodstained? What kind of jokes did Augustus tell? And for that matter, what really happened, for example, between the emperor Hadrian and his beloved Antinous? Effortlessly combining the epic with the quotidian, Beard tracks the emperor down at home, at the races, on his travels, even on his way to heaven. Along the way, Beard explores Roman fictions of imperial power, overturning many of the assumptions that we hold as gospel, not the least of them the perception that emperors one and all were orchestrators of extreme brutality and cruelty. Here Beard introduces us to the emperor's wives and lovers, rivals and slaves, court jesters and soldiers, and the ordinary people who pressed begging letters into his hand--whose chamber pot disputes were adjudicated by Augustus, and whose budgets were approved by Vespasian, himself the son of a tax collector. With its finely nuanced portrayal of sex, class, and politics, Emperor of Rome goes directly to the heart of Roman fantasies (and our own) about what it was to be Roman at its richest, most luxurious, most extreme, most powerful, and most deadly, offering an account of Roman history as it has never been presented before.

The Rough Guide to New Zealand by Rough Guides The Rough Guide to New Zealand is the ultimate guide to this most beautiful of countries. Packed with detailed accounts, crystal-clear maps and stunning full-colour photographs, this new edition brings New Zealand's myriad attractions to life, from the North Island's white-sand beaches and kauri trees to the brooding fiords and penguin colonies of the south. There's insightful coverage on the country's iconic landmarks right through to secluded hot pools and how to pick the best cafés in Wellington, plus expert guidance on everything from Maori culture to multi-day hikes. Author picks and insider tips give you the scoop on the best accommodation for every budget, how to track down Marlborough's tastiest Sauvignon Blancs and where the most delectable Maori hangi can be found.

Native America, Discovered and Conquered by Robert J. Miller (Afterword by); Elizabeth Furse (Foreword by) Native America, Discovered and Conquered takes a fresh look at American history through the lens of the Doctrine of Discovery--the legal basis that Europeans and Americans used to lay claim to the land of the indigenous peoples they "discovered." Robert J. Miller illustrates how the American colonies used the Doctrine of Discovery against the Indian nations from 1606 forward. Thomas Jefferson used the doctrine to exert American authority in the Louisiana Territory, to win the Pacific Northwest from European rivals, and to "conquer" the Indian nations. In the broader sense, these efforts began with the Founding Fathers and with Thomas Jefferson's Corps of Discovery, and eventually the Doctrine of Discovery became part of American law, as it still is today.   Miller shows how Manifest Destiny grew directly out of the legal elements and policies of the Doctrine of Discovery and how Native peoples, whose rights stood in the way of this destiny, were "discovered" and then "conquered." Miller's analysis of the principles of discovery brings a new perspective and valuable insights to the study of Jefferson, Lewis and Clark, the Louisiana Purchase, the Pacific Northwest, American expansionism, and U.S. Indian policy. This Bison Books edition includes a new afterword by the author.

In Defense of Sovereignty: protecting the Oneida Nation's inherent right to self-determination / by Rebecca M. Webster In Defense of Sovereignty recounts the history of the Oneida Nation and its struggles for self-determination. Since the nation's removal from New York in the 1820s to what would become the state of Wisconsin, it has been engaged in legal conflicts with US actors to retain its sovereignty and its lands. Legal scholar and former Oneida Nation senior staff attorney Rebecca M. Webster traces this history, including the nation's treaties with the US but focusing especially on its relationship with the village of Hobart, Wisconsin. Since 2003 there have been six disputes that have led to litigation between the local government and the nation. Central to these disputes are the local government's attempts to regulate the nation and relegate its government to the position of a common landowner, subject to municipal authority. As in so many conflicts between Indigenous nations and local municipalities, the media narrative about the Oneida Nation's battle for sovereignty has been dominated by the local government's standpoint. In Defense of Sovereignty offers another perspective, that of a nation citizen directly involved in the litigation, augmented by contributions from historians, attorneys, and a retired nation employee. It makes an important contribution to public debates about the inherent right of Indigenous nations to continue to exist and exercise self-governance within their territories without being challenged at every turn.

Invitation to a Banquet: the story of Chinese food / by Fuchsia Dunlop Chinese was the earliest truly global cuisine. When the first Chinese laborers began to settle abroad, restaurants appeared in their wake. Yet Chinese has the curious distinction of being both one of the world's best-loved culinary traditions and one of the least understood. For more than a century, the overwhelming dominance of a simplified form of Cantonese cooking ensured that few foreigners experienced anything of its richness and sophistication--but today that is beginning to change. In Invitation to a Banquet, award-winning cook and writer Fuchsia Dunlop explores the history, philosophy, and techniques of Chinese culinary culture. In each chapter, she examines a classic dish, from mapo tofu to Dongpo pork, knife-scraped noodles to braised pomelo pith, to reveal a distinctive aspect of Chinese gastronomy, whether it's the importance of the soybean, the lure of exotic ingredients, or the history of Buddhist vegetarian cuisine. Meeting food producers, chefs, gourmets, and home cooks as she tastes her way across the country, Fuchsia invites readers to join her on an unforgettable journey into Chinese food as it is cooked, eaten, and considered in its homeland. Weaving together history, mouthwatering descriptions of food, and on-the-ground research conducted over the course of three decades, Invitation to a Banquet is a lively, landmark tribute to the pleasures and mysteries of Chinese cuisine.

Composting Utopia : experimental infrastructures for organics recycling in New York City / by Guy Schaffer New Yorkers generate millions of tons of trash annually, which, through the magic of infrastructure and one of the largest waste management systems in the world, disappears from city sidewalks each night. Under pressure from environmentalists, activists, policymakers, and industry, the New York City Department of Sanitation started exploring ways to divert organic material from the waste stream, and in 2013, launched its composting pilot program. Drawing on three years of ethnographic fieldwork with community composters and microhaulers in New York City, alongside the rollout of the city's curbside organics collection system, Composting Utopia describes how local, grassroots organizations intervened in the city's waste system, enacting change and presenting an alternative vision of the composting city. As Guy Shaffer argues, movement-driven infrastructure projects develop new tools for organizing the world, give communities agency over urban design, and promote just sustainability.

The Great Escape : a true story of forced labor and immigrant dreams in America / by Saket Soni A New York Times Notable Book of 2023 Shortlisted for the 2023 Moore Prize The astonishing story of immigrants lured to the United States from India and trapped in forced labor--an "eye-opening" "must-read" told by the visionary labor leader who engineered their escape and set them on a path to citizenship (The New York Times Book Review). ​ In late 2006, Saket Soni, a twenty-eight-year-old Indian-born community organizer, received an anonymous phone call from an Indian migrant worker in Mississippi. He was one of five hundred men trapped in squalid Gulf Coast "man camps," surrounded by barbed wire, watched by guards, crammed into cold trailers with putrid toilets, forced to eat moldy bread and frozen rice. Recruiters had promised them good jobs and green cards. The men had scraped up $20,000 each for this "opportunity" to rebuild hurricane-wrecked oil rigs, leaving their families in impossible debt. During a series of clandestine meetings, Soni and the workers devised a bold plan. In The Great Escape, Soni traces the workers' extraordinary escape, their march on foot to Washington, DC, and their twenty-three-day hunger strike to bring attention to their cause. Along the way, ICE agents try to deport the men, company officials work to discredit them, and politicians avert their eyes. But none of this shakes the workers' determination to win their dignity and keep their promises to their families. Weaving a deeply personal journey with a riveting tale of twenty-first-century forced labor, Soni takes us into the lives of the immigrant workers the United States increasingly relies on to rebuild after climate disasters. The Great Escape is the gripping story of one of the largest human trafficking cases in modern American history--and the workers' heroic journey for justice.

Crypto by Harvard Business Review Harvard Business Review; Jeff John Roberts; Omid Malekan; Molly White; Steve Glaveski The crypto era has arrived, and business will never be the same. Real applications of crypto technology are growing exponentially: cryptocurrency payments are moving frictionlessly across borders; NFTs are generating real value for creators and consumers alike; and new blockchain-enabled business models are being built around decentralized finance and Web3. What do you and your company need to know and do today to create new opportunities and avoid disruption? Crypto: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will show you how innovative organizations of all kinds are embracing decentralized technology, reinventing themselves, and thriving in the new age of crypto. Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind? Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company's future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR's smartest thinking on fast-moving issues--blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more--each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow. You can't afford to ignore how these issues will transform the landscape of business and society. The Insights You Need series will help you grasp these critical ideas--and prepare you and your company for the future.

Busting the Bankers' Club: finance for the rest of us / by Gerald Epstein An eye-opening account of the failures of our financial system, the sources of its staying power, and the path to meaningful economic reform.   Bankers brought the global economic system to its knees in 2007 and nearly did the same in 2020. Both times, the US government bailed out the banks and left them in control. How can we end this cycle of trillion-dollar bailouts and make finance work for the rest of us? Busting the Bankers' Club confronts the powerful people and institutions that benefit from our broken financial system--and the struggle to create an alternative. Drawing from decades of research on the history, economics, and politics of banking, economist Gerald Epstein shows that any meaningful reform will require breaking up this club of politicians, economists, lawyers, and CEOs who sustain the status quo. Thankfully, there are thousands of activists, experts, and public officials who are working to do just that. Clear-eyed and hopeful, Busting the Bankers' Club centers the individuals and groups fighting for a financial system that will better serve the needs of the marginalized and support important transitions to a greener, fairer economy.

Correction : parole, prison, and the possibility of change / by Ben Austen NYT EDITOR'S CHOICE * WASHINGTON POST BEST NONFICTION OF 2023 * FROM THE CRITICALLY ACCLAIMED AUTHOR OF HIGH-RISERS comes a groundbreaking and honest investigation into the crisis of the American criminal justice system-through the lens of parole. Perfect for fans of Michelle Alexander's The New Jim Crow and Bryan Stevenson's Just Mercy "Correction ranks among the very best books on life inside and outside of prison I have ever read." âe*Matthew Desmond, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Evicted "Correction provides a revelatory lens for examining mass incarceration." -The Washington Post A Most Anticipated Book of 2023: Chicago Review of Books, The Chicago Tribune, The Next Big Idea Club The United States, alone, locks up a quarter of the world's incarcerated people. And yet apart from clichés--paying a debt to society; you do the crime, you do the time--there is little sense collectively in America what constitutes retribution or atonement. We don't actually know why we punish. Ben Austen's powerful exploration offers a behind-the-scenes look at the process of parole. Told through the portraits of two men imprisoned for murder, and the parole board that holds their freedom in the balance, Austen's unflinching storytelling forces us to reckon with some of the most profound questions underlying the country's values around crime and punishment. What must someone who commits a terrible act do to get a second chance? What does incarceration seek to accomplish? An illuminating work of narrative nonfiction, Correction challenges us to consider for ourselves why and who we punish-and how we might find a way out of an era of mass imprisonment.

Judgment at Tokyo by Gary J. Bass ACCLAIMED AS ONE OF THE YEAR'S 10 BEST BOOKS BY THE WASHINGTON POST * 12 ESSENTIAL NONFICTION BOOKS BY THE NEW YORKER * 100 NOTABLE BOOKS BY THE NEW YORK TIMES * BEST BOOKS BY THE ECONOMIST, FOREIGN AFFAIRS, AND AIR MAIL * 10 ESSENTIAL BOOKS BY THE TELEGRAPH * THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS' CHOICE * THE OBSERVER AND THE SUNDAY TIMES BOOK OF THE WEEK * A landmark, magisterial history of the trial of Japan's leaders as war criminals--the largely overlooked Asian counterpart to Nuremberg "Nothing less than a masterpiece. With epic research and mesmerizing narrative power, Judgment at Tokyo has the makings of an instant classic." --Evan Osnos, National Book Award-winning author of Age of Ambition: Chasing Fortune, Truth, and Faith in the New China In the weeks after Japan finally surrendered to the Allies to end World War II, the world turned to the question of how to move on from years of carnage and destruction. For Harry Truman, Douglas MacArthur, Chiang Kai-shek, and their fellow victors, the question of justice seemed clear: Japan's militaristic leaders needed to be tried and punished for the surprise attack at Pearl Harbor; shocking atrocities against civilians in China, the Philippines, and elsewhere; and rampant abuses of prisoners of war in notorious incidents such as the Bataan death march. For the Allied powers, the trial was an opportunity to render judgment on their vanquished foes, but also to create a legal framework to prosecute war crimes and prohibit the use of aggressive war, building a more peaceful world under international law and American hegemony. For the Japanese leaders on trial, it was their chance to argue that their war had been waged to liberate Asia from Western imperialism and that the court was victors' justice. For more than two years, lawyers for both sides presented their cases before a panel of clashing judges from China, India, the Philippines, and Australia, as well as the United States and European powers. The testimony ran from horrific accounts of brutality and the secret plans to attack Pearl Harbor to the Japanese military's threats to subvert the government if it sued for peace. Yet rather than clarity and unanimity, the trial brought complexity, dissents, and divisions that provoke international discord between China, Japan, and Korea to this day. Those courtroom tensions and contradictions could also be seen playing out across Asia as the trial unfolded in the crucial early years of the Cold War, from China's descent into civil war to Japan's successful postwar democratic elections to India's independence and partition. From the author of the acclaimed The Blood Telegram, which was a Pulitzer Prize finalist, this magnificent history is the product of a decade of research and writing. Judgment at Tokyo is a riveting story of wartime action, dramatic courtroom battles, and the epic formative years that set the stage for the Asian postwar era.

The Career Arts: making the most of college, credentials, and connections / by Ben Wildavsky A persuasive case for building career success through broad education, targeted skills, and social capital Young people coming out of high school today can expect to hold many jobs over the course of their lives, which is why they need a range of essential skills. The Career Arts provides a corrective to the widespread and misleading notion that there is a direct trade-off between going to college and acquiring practical job skills. Ben Wildavsky cuts through the noise and anxiety surrounding this issue to offer sensible, clear-eyed guidance for anyone who is making decisions about education and career preparation with a view to getting ahead in the workforce. Drawing on evidence-based research, illuminating case studies, and in-depth interviews, Wildavsky shares the most vital lessons of what he calls the career arts, which include cultivating a mix of broad and targeted skills, taking advantage of employer-funded education benefits, and preparing for the world as it is, not as you wish it could be. He explains why college remains the gold standard of credentials, and presents the most promising high-quality supplements and alternatives to college that can help learners combine general and job-specific skills. He shows how building social capital is also critical to success, particularly for disadvantaged students. An invaluable guidebook for students, parents, counselors, and educators, The Career Arts reveals why college education and job preparation are not either-or propositions and identifies the blend of education and networking needed to support real-world career aspirations.

Engaging Writing Activities by Michelle Lindsey; Heather Garcia This writing book is designed for students of all writing calibers. Whether the writing practice happens in a classroom or a coffee shop, students of writing can benefit from this book of objective-driven exercises. It is designed to not only enhance skills and voice, but to do so with time efficiency in mind. Writers can choose between the 3 different timed sections and then narrow down their needs based on skill, topic, or genre. While engaging with this distinctive resource, writers will: Access 180 prompts (perfect for school use) Practice skills through a variety of unique writing prompts Strengthen style and voice Utilize mentor texts and stimulus materials to promote creative thought Hone in on specific skills by choosing the objective-driven prompt that meets individualized needs Choose how much time to spend on writing and choose a prompt within that time frame Practice analyzing and writing across different genres

Connections Are Everything : a college student's guide to relationship-rich education / by Peter Felten; Leo M. Lambert; Isis Artze-Vega; Oscar R. Miranda Tapia A practical guide to building the connections students need to thrive in and after college from the authors of the best-selling Relationship-Rich Education. Decades of research demonstrate how important the relationships with peers and professors are for students academically, personally, and professionally. Yet many students lack the strategies to develop educationally purposeful relationships in college. Connections Are Everythingshows students the simple steps they can take to make their own college experience meaningful and transformational. In short, practical chapters, this guide helps readers learn how to build relationships through various strategies, including using "relationship accelerators" like internships and mentorships, undergraduate research, and campus employment. Undergraduate demographics have changed dramatically as students of color and first-generation students become the new majority at colleges and universities across the United States. Connections are particularly significant for these students; the positive--and negative--impacts of peer, faculty, and staff relationships are magnified. Higher education cannot meet students' needs or achieve equity, justice, and inclusion without relationship-rich education. This book empowers students to seek out relationships by demystifying the varied ways they can cultivate significant connections.

Creating Our Own Lives : college students with intellectual disability / by Michael Gill (Editor); Beth Myers (Editor) Young adults with intellectual disability tell the story of their own experience of higher education   How do students with intellectual disability experience higher education? Creating Our Own Lives addresses this question through the eyes of participants themselves. In relating their experiences and aspirations, these student perspectives mount a powerful challenge to assumptions that intellectual disability is best met with protection or segregation.   Taken together, the essays expose and contradict the inherently ableist claim that individuals with intellectual disability cannot be reliable storytellers. Instead, their deeply informative stories serve as a corrective narrative. The first of the four sections, "Laying the Foundation: Why Everyone Belongs in College," focuses on belonging and inclusion; the second, "Opening Up Possibilities: Overcoming Doubt and Uncertainty," conveys the optimism of this generation of advocates through stories of personal hardship, hopeful perseverance, and triumph over adversity; the third, "Inclusion as Action: Diversifying Student Experiences," supports the understanding of diverse student experiences in inclusive higher education; and the fourth, "Supporting Growth: Peer Mentoring and Advice," offers guidance to those reimagining and creating educational spaces.   Students with disabilities belong in higher education. Not only does this book serve as an important record of students enrolled in inclusive higher education programs, it is also an unprecedented resource, packed with information and inspiration both for parents seeking opportunities for their children and for individuals with intellectual disability who aspire to attend college.   Contributors: Makayla Adkins, Olivia Baist, Brandon Baldwin, George Barham, Marquavious Barnes, Katie Bartlett, Steven Brief, De'Onte Brown, Meghan Brozaitis, Mary Bryant, Gracie Carrol, Taylor Cathey, Maia Chamberlain, Antonio E. Contreras, Kim Dean, Elizabeth Droessler, Katie Ducett, Keiron Dyck, Rachel Gomez, Deriq Graves, Micah Gray, Maggie Guillaume, Cleo Hamilton, Nathan Heald, Joshua R. Hourigan, Hannah Lenae Humes, Courtney Jorgensen, Eilish Kelderman, Kailin Kelderman, Kenneth Kelty, Kaelan Knowles, Karlee Lambert, Kate Lisotta, Rachel Mast, Elise McDaniel, Emma Miller, Jake Miller, Lydia Newnum, Brenna Mantz Nielsen, Carly O'Connell, Nadia Osbey, Stirling Peebles, Breyan Pettaway, Amanda Pilkenton, True Rafferty, Taylor Ruppe, Lawrence Sapp, Tyler Shore, Brianna Silva, Alex Smith, Elliott Smith, Phillandra Smith, Payton Storms, Allen Thomas, Kylie Walter, Stephen Wanser, Sayid Webb, Breana Whittlesey, Luke Wilcox, Adam Wolfond.

A Little History of Music by Robert Philip A lively, engaging guide to music around the world, from prehistory to the present   Human beings have always made music. Music can move us and tell stories of faith, struggle, or love. It is common to all cultures across the world. But how has it changed over the millennia?   Robert Philip explores the extraordinary history of music in all its forms, from our earliest ancestors to today's mass-produced songs. This is a truly global story. Looking to Europe, South America, Asia, Africa, and beyond, Philip reveals how musicians have been brought together by trade and migration and examines the vast impact of colonialism. From Hildegard von Bingen and Clara Schumann to Bob Dylan and Aretha Franklin, great performers and composers have profoundly shaped music as we know it.   Covering a remarkable range of genres, including medieval chant, classical opera, jazz, and hip hop, this Little History shines a light on the wonder of music--and why it is treasured across the world.

Earthly Delights by Jonathan Jones What was the "Renaissance"? In the nineteenth century this flowering of creativity and thought was celebrated as the birth of the modern world. Today many historians are sceptical about its very existence. Earthly Delights rekindles the Renaissance as a seismic change in European mentalities, in a panoramic history that encompasses Florence and Bruges, London and Nuremberg. Artists from northern as well as southern Europe, including Leonardo, Bosch, Bruegel, and Titian, star in a captivating and beautifully illustrated narrative that sets their lives against a period of convulsive change across a continent that was finding itself as it "discovered" the world. Art critic and writer Jonathan Jones tells the story of Renaissance artists as pioneers, adventurers and "geniuses," a Renaissance concept. Albrecht Dürer gazes with wonder on Aztec art in Brussels in 1520, Leonardo da Vinci tries to perfect a flying machine, Hieronymus Bosch finds inspiration in West African ivory carvings imported by the Portuguese to Antwerp. A then unknown Netherlandish painter, Pieter Bruegel, arrives in 1550s Rome just as Michelangelo is striving in the same city to raise the new St Peter's Basilica towards heaven. From Atlantic voyages to Germanic woods, Italian palazzi to the royal castle of Prague, this was an age when people dared to experiment with the occult and dabble in utopias: to think and create new worlds.

Earth and Fire : modern ceramicists, their tools, techniques, and practices / by Kylie Johnson; Tiffany Johnson Earth and fire represent the two elements that produce a ceramic object. Without the other they are simply components; together they create both practical objects and pieces of art. Working as both primer and inspiration, Earth & Fire explores the techniques, practices, and tools of over forty-five working ceramicists. Creating everything from wood-fired and fine porcelain wares; sculptured vases; everyday cups, bowls, and plates; to jewelry and wall pieces, these artists work in a wide range of styles and mediums to create their ceramics. Although the methods vary, the overall sentiment is that the earth and fire that the artists use to make their objects are the ultimate masters. Just when they think they know one thing, the clay, glaze, and heat will teach them another. There will always be more to learn. Working with clay is, quite simply, humbling. Written and compiled by Kylie Johnson and Tiffany Johnson, Earth & Fire captures the diverse beauty and utility of ceramics, demonstrating that clay doesn't just get under your fingernails; it gets under your skin.

The Nose and Other Stories by Nikolai Gogol; Susanne Fusso (Translator) Nikolai Gogol's novel Dead Souls and play The Government Inspector revolutionized Russian literature and continue to entertain generations of readers around the world. Yet Gogol's peculiar genius comes through most powerfully in his short stories. By turns--or at once--funny, terrifying, and profound, the tales collected in The Nose and Other Stories are among the greatest achievements of world literature. These stories showcase Gogol's vivid, haunting imagination: an encounter with evil in a darkened church, a downtrodden clerk who dreams only of a new overcoat, a nose that falls off a face and reappears around town on its own, outranking its former owner. Written between 1831 and 1842, they span the colorful setting of rural Ukraine to the unforgiving urban landscape of St. Petersburg to the ancient labyrinth of Rome. Yet they share Gogol's characteristic obsessions--city crowds, bureaucratic hierarchy and irrationality, the devil in disguise--and a constant undercurrent of the absurd. Susanne Fusso's translations pay careful attention to the strangeness and wonder of Gogol's style, preserving the inimitable humor and oddity of his language. The Nose and Other Stories reveals why Russian writers from Dostoevsky to Nabokov have returned to Gogol as the cornerstone of their unparalleled literary tradition.

Crawling Horror : creeping tales of the insect weird / by D. Butcher 'What a terrible calamity, what a stupefying circumstance, if mosquitoes were the size of camels, and a herd of wild slugs the size of elephants invaded our gardens and had to be shot with rifles...' A blue scarab which makes the sound of a terrifying death-tick. A moth with the markings of a dead man's face. An empire of intelligent, aggressive, and colossal ants. The insect kingdom has finally come to seek retribution for humankind's negligence. Never has a creature been so topical - with headlines warning of the mosquito-bearing viruses, fire ants destroying power sources, invasive yellow ladybirds, or an ecological insect apocalypse that threatens the very balance of our natural world. With growing concerns about global warming, pesticides, and genetically modified crops, Eco-Gothic is moving to the fore in modern scholarship, and this collection allows readers to be a fly on the wall to some of the creepiest and crawliest accounts of insectoid horror from the likes of Edgar Allan Poe, E.F. Benson, and Jane G. Austin. Fear indeed walks on many legs.

Winged Words : the life and work of the poet H.D. / by Donna Krolik Hollenberg H.D.'s friends and lovers were a veritable Who's Who of modernism, and Hollenberg gives us a glimpse into H.D.'s relationships with them. With rich detail, the biography follows H.D. from her early years in America with her family to her later years in England during both world wars to Switzerland, which would eventually become H.D's home base. It explores her love affairs with both men and women; her long friendship with Bryher; the birth of her daughter, Perdita, and her imaginative bond with her; and her marriage to (and later divorce from) fellow poet Richard Aldington. Additionally, the book includes scenes from her relationships with Ezra Pound, Marianne Moore, William Carlos Williams, and D.H. Lawrence; H.D.'s fascination with spiritualism and the occult; and H.D's psychoanalysis with Sigmund Freud. The first new biography of H.D. to be published in over four decades, Winged Words is a must-read resource for anyone conducting research on H.D.

Table for Two : fictions / by Amor Towles New York Times Bestseller "A knockout collection. ... Sharp-edged satire deceptively wrapped like a box of Neuhaus chocolates, Table for Two is a winner." --The New York Times From the bestselling author of The Lincoln Highway, A Gentleman in Moscow, and Rules of Civility, a richly detailed and sharply drawn collection of stories, including a novella featuring one of his most beloved characters   Millions of Amor Towles fans are in for a treat as he shares some of his shorter fiction: six stories based in New York City and a novella set in Golden Age Hollywood. The New York stories, most of which take place around the year 2000, consider the fateful consequences that can spring from brief encounters and the delicate mechanics of compromise that operate at the heart of modern marriages. In Towles's novel Rules of Civility, the indomitable Evelyn Ross leaves New York City in September 1938 with the intention of returning home to Indiana. But as her train pulls into Chicago, where her parents are waiting, she instead extends her ticket to Los Angeles. Told from seven points of view, "Eve in Hollywood" describes how Eve crafts a new future for herself--and others--in a noirish tale that takes us through the movie sets, bungalows, and dive bars of Los Angeles. Written with his signature wit, humor, and sophistication, Table for Two is another glittering addition to Towles's canon of stylish and transporting fiction.

Kallocain by Karin Boye; David McDuff (Translator, Introduction by) Leo Kall is a zealous, middle-ranking scientist in the totalitarian World State who has just made a thrilling discovery- a new drug, Kallocain, that will force anyone who takes it to tell the truth. At last, criminality will be dragged out into the open and private thought can finally be outlawed. But can the World State be trusted with Kallocain? For that matter - can Kall himself be trusted? Written as the terrible events of the Second World War were unfolding, Karin Boye's classic dystopian novel speaks more clearly than ever of the dangers of acquiescence, and the power of resistance, no matter how futile.

Victorian Fairy Tales by Michael Newton (Editor) "The Queen and the bat had been talking a good deal that afternoon..."The Victorian fascination with fairyland vivified the literature of the period, and led to some of the most imaginative fairy tales ever written. They offer the shortest path to the age's dreams, desires, and wishes. Authors central to the nineteenth-century canon such as W. M. Thackeray, Oscar Wilde, Ford Madox Ford, and Rudyard Kipling wrote fairy tales, and authors primarily famous for their work in the genre include George MacDonald, Juliana Ewing, Mary De Morgan, and Andrew Lang. This anthology brings together fourteen of the best stories, by these and other outstanding practitioners, to show the vibrancy and variety of the form and its abilities to reflect our deepest concerns.In tales of whimsy and romance, witty satire and uncanny mystery, love, suffering, family, and the travails of identity are imaginatively explored. Michael Newton's Introduction and notes provide illuminating contextual and biographical information about the authors and the development of the literary fairy tale. A selection of original illustrations is also included.

How AI Works by Ronald T. Kneusel AI isn't magic. How AI Works demystifies the explosion of artificial intelligence by explaining-without a single mathematical equation-what happened, when it happened, why it happened, how it happened, and what AI is actually doing "under the hood." Artificial intelligence is everywhere-from self-driving cars, to image generation from text, to the unexpected power of language systems like ChatGPT-yet few people seem to know how it all really works. How AI Works unravels the mysteries of artificial intelligence, without the complex math and unnecessary jargon. You'll learn- The relationship between artificial intelligence, machine learning, and deep learning The history behind AI and why the artificial intelligence revolution is happening now How decades of work in symbolic AI failed and opened the door for the emergence of neural networks What neural networks are, how they are trained, and why all the wonder of modern AI boils down to a simple, repeated unit that knows how to multiply input numbers to produce an output number. The implications of large language models, like ChatGPT and Bard, on our society-nothing will be the same again AI isn't magic. If you've ever wondered how it works, what it can do, or why there's so much hype, How AI Works will teach you everything you want to know.

The Art of Mathematics - Take Two by Béla Bollobás Lovers of mathematics, young and old, professional and amateur, will enjoy this book. It is mathematics with fun: a collection of attractive problems that will delight and test readers. Many of the problems are drawn from the large number that have entertained and challenged students, guests and colleagues over the years during afternoon tea. The problems have their roots in many areas of mathematics. They vary greatly in difficulty: some are very easy, but most are far from trivial, and quite a few rather hard. Many provide substantial and surprising results that form the tip of an iceberg, providing an introduction to an important topic. To enjoy and appreciate the problems, readers should browse the book choosing one that looks particularly enticing, and think about it on and off for a while before resorting to the hint or the solution. Follow threads for an enjoyable and enriching journey through mathematics.

The Age of Deer : trouble and kinship with our wild neighbors / by Erika Howsare A masterful hybrid of nature writing and cultural studies that investigates our connection with deer--from mythology to biology, from forests to cities, from coexistence to control and extermination--and invites readers to contemplate the paradoxes of how humans interact with and shape the natural world Deer have been an important part of the world that humans occupy for millennia. They're one of the only large animals that can thrive in our presence. In the 21st century, our relationship is full of contradictions: We hunt and protect them, we cull them from suburbs while making them an icon of wilderness, we see them both as victims and as pests. But there is no doubt that we have a connection to deer: in mythology and story, in ecosystems biological and digital, in cities and in forests.  Delving into the historical roots of these tangled attitudes and how they play out in the present, Erika Howsare observes scientists capture and collar fawns, hunters show off their trophies, a museum interpreter teaching American history while tanning a deer hide, an animal-control officer collecting the carcasses of deer killed by sharpshooters, and a woman bottle-raising orphaned fawns in her backyard. As she reports these stories, Howsare's eye is always on the bigger picture: Why do we look at deer in the ways we do, and what do these animals reveal about human involvement in the natural world? For readers of H is for Hawk and Fox & I, The Age of Deer offers a unique and intimate perspective on a very human relationship.

How We Age : the science of longevity / by Coleen T. Murphy How recent breakthroughs in longevity research offer clues about human aging All of us would like to live longer, or to slow the debilitating effects of age. In How We Age, Coleen Murphy shows how recent research on longevity and aging may be bringing us closer to this goal. Murphy, a leading scholar of aging, explains that the study of model systems, particularly simple invertebrate animals, combined with breakthroughs in genomic methods, have allowed scientists to probe the molecular mechanisms of longevity and aging. Understanding the fundamental biological rules that govern aging in model systems provides clues about how we might slow human aging, which could lead in turn to new therapeutics and treatments for age-related disease. Among other vivid examples, Murphy describes research that shows how changing a single gene in the nematode worm C. elegans doubles its lifespan, extending not only the end of life but also the youthful, healthy part of life. Drawing on work in her own lab as well as other recent research, Murphy chronicles the history and current state of the field, explaining longevity's links to reproduction and mating, sensory and cognitive function, inheritances from our ancestors, and the gut microbiome. Written with clarity and wit, How We Age provides a guide to the science: what we know about aging, how we know what we know, and what we can do with this new knowledge.

Death to Beauty by Eugene M. Helveston In the 1970s, Dr. Alan Scott sought to selectively weaken eye muscles to treat strabismus (when one or both eyes are misaligned) without surgery. After failed attempts with other agents, Scott developed a method to stabilize the bacteria that causes botulism, culminating in a drug that eventually became known as Botox. In Death to Beauty, Eugene M. Helveston, MD, follows the unlikely story of botulism's 1817 discovery in contaminated German sausages, to its use in military and research facilities, to Scott, an ophthalmologist who aimed to safely use the drug in humans. Scott struggled alone as an unknown in the pharmaceutical industry, searching for clinical trial financing and FDA approval, which he achieved at a fraction of the billions big pharma usually spends to bring a drug to market. Eventually, the company Allergan bought him out, capitalizing on the possibilities for cosmetic uses. Scott's formula was renamed "Botox" and reached annual sales in the billions. After the sale, Scott received no further compensation from Botox sales and remained the same unassuming man. A fascinating walk through the intricate history of how the world's deadliest toxin starting as a treatment for crossed eyes became a routine tool for the cosmetic industry, Death to Beauty will make you rethink success, beauty, and deadly bacteria.

Identity in the COVID-19 Years : communication, crisis and ethics / by Rob Cover Identity in the Covid-19 Years explores the how the COVID-19 pandemic has been represented in media, communication and culture, and the role these changes have played in renewing how we understand identity, engage in social belonging and relate ethically to each other and the world. This book explores how the COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant impact on how we perform our identities, engage in social belonging, and communicate with each other. Understanding the onset of the pandemic as a moment experienced as cultural rupture, Cover provides a framework for understanding how selfhood, belonging, relationships and perceptions of time and space have undergone a disruption that not only is damaging to continuity and stability but also provides positive value through renewal and the re-making of the self and ways of living ethically. Drawing on philosophic, media and cultural studies approaches, this book describes how networks of mutual care and global interdependency have been powerfully drawn out by the experience of the pandemic, yet also disavowed in some settings in favour of a problem individualism and sustained inequalities. The roles of disruption and interdependency are examined across an array of pandemic-related topics, including health communication, apocalyptic storytelling, lockdowns and immobilities, mask-wearing, social distancing and new practices touch, anti-vaccination discourses, and frameworks for mourning the lost past and the uncertain future. By focusing on the impact of the pandemic on identity, this work explains and revisits theories of belonging and ethics to help us understand how new ways of perceiving our vulnerability may lead to more positive, inclusive and ethical ways of living.

A World History of Women Photographers by Luce Lebart (Editor); Marie Robert (Editor) A magnificently illustrated showcase of the work of 300 women photographers from all over the world, from the invention of the medium to the dawn of the 21st century. As in many fields of art history, the work of women photographers has often been overlooked, and few of their names are now widely recognized. However, women were closely involved in all major photography movements of the 19th and 20th centuries, and have used the camera as an extraordinary tool for emancipation and experimentation. These are artists who never stopped documenting, questioning and transforming the world, breaking down social boundaries, challenging gender roles and expressing their imagination and sexuality. To capture the diversity of this global body of work, Luce Lebart and Marie Robert have invited 160 international women writers to contribute to this volume, which is a bold and beautifully illustrated manifesto as well as an invaluable work of reference.

Reader's Digest Complete Guide to Sewing by Editors of Editors of Reader's Digest This is the ultimate stitch-and-seam reference book that brings you everything you need to know to sew your own distinctive creations, whether you are a beginner or an accomplished sewer. The ultimate stitch-and-seam reference book for both beginners and seasoned sewers includes thousands of illustrations and diagrams for each stage of the sewing process. In this updated edition, sewers will find: 20 new modern projects from Simplicity® patterns; includes updated photographs Instructions for making smart trousers, traditional curtains, a light summer dress, kids' clothes, a beach towel, patchwork bag, and more Tips on how to select the right equipment, choose the perfect fabric, and use the right technique for every project Foolproof ways to discover the perfect pattern size and how to incorporate only the most flattering design details  

The Essential Indian Instant Pot Cookbook by Archana Mundhe This authorized collection of 75 simplified Indian classics for the immensely popular electric pressure cooker, the Instant Pot, is a beautifully photographed, easy-to-follow source for flavorful weekday meals. The Essential Indian Instant Pot Cookbook is your source for quick, flavorful Indian favorites and contemporary weekday meals. With 75 well-tested recipes authorized by Instant Pot covering every meal of the day, this is a go-to resource for classic chicken, lamb, and vegetarian curries; daals, soups, and seafood like fennel and saffron spiced mussels; breakfast delights like spicy frittata and ginger almond oatmeal; and sweet treats like rose milk cake and fig and walnut halwa.

The Librarian's Guide to Bibliotherapy by Judit H. Ward; Nicholas A. Allred Bibliotherapy can be defined as the use of guided reading for therapeutic ends. And though you might not be a licensed mental health professional, you can--and do, even without knowing it--support mental health and personal growth by connecting patrons to books that heal. Regardless of your previous experience or existing skills, this guide will empower you to make "shelf help" a part of your library's relationship with its community. Drawing on Reading for Recovery, the authors' own Carnegie-Whitney grant-funded project, this guide  begins with an overview of bibliotherapy, including its concepts and history, and sketches out how its various approaches can be adapted for library settings; explores the potential of bibliotherapy as an add-on to existing skills, services, practices, and collections; demonstrates how bibliotherapy-inspired initiatives can address the needs of diverse communities, thus advancing libraries' commitment to EDISJ; offers techniques for selecting reading material for your audience with bibliotherapy in mind; provides a range of possible programs, from group discussions and public events to book displays and reading lists, along with a step-by-step approach to planning and implementing them; shares outreach tips, tools, and branding ideas to make the most of your resources and effectively reach your audience; demonstrates how to use assessment tools to test and tweak your program at every stage to achieve the results you want; and inspires you to take your offerings into new directions, such as creative writing and visual art programs, that fit your library and community.

Women Holding Things by Maira Kalman From the critically acclaimed artist, designer, and author of the bestsellers The Principles of Uncertainty and My Favorite Things comes a wondrous collection of words and paintings that is a moving meditation on the beauty and complexity of women's lives and roles, revealed in the things they hold. "What do women hold? The home and the family. And the children and the food. The friendships. The work. The work of the world. And the work of being human. The memories. And the troubles. And the sorrows and the triumphs. And the love." In the spring of 2021, Maira and Alex Kalman created a small, limited-edition booklet "Women Holding Things," which featured select recent paintings by Maira, accompanied by her insightful and deeply personal commentary. The booklet quickly sold out. Now, the Kalmans have expanded that original publication into this extraordinary visual compendium. Women Holding Things includes the bright, bold images featured in the booklet as well as an additional sixty-seven new paintings highlighted by thoughtful and intimate anecdotes, recollections, and ruminations. Most are portraits of women, both ordinary and famous, including Virginia Woolf, Sally Hemings, Hortense Cezanne, Gertrude Stein, as well as Kalman's family members and other real-life people. These women hold a range of objects, from the mundane--balloons, a cup, a whisk, a chicken, a hat--to the abstract--dreams and disappointments, sorrow and regret, joy and love. Kalman considers the many things that fit physically and metaphorically between women's hands: We see a woman hold a book, hold shears, hold children, hold a grudge, hold up, hold her own. In visually telling their stories, Kalman lays bare the essence of women's lives--their tenacity, courage, vulnerability, hope, and pain. Ultimately, she reveals that many of the things we hold dear--as well as those that burden or haunt us--remain constant and connect us from generation to generation. Here, too, are pictures of a few men holding things, such as Rainer Maria Rilke and Anton Chekhov, as well as objects holding other objects that invite us to ponder their intimate relationships to one another. Women Holding Things explores the significance of the objects we carry--in our hands, hearts, and minds--and speaks to, and for, all of us. Maira Kalman's unique work is a celebration of life, of the act and the art of living, offering an original way of examining and understanding all that is important in our world--and ultimately within ourselves.

The Guest Cat by Takashi Hiraide; Eric Selland (Translator) A bestseller in France and winner of Japan's Kiyama Shohei Literary Award, The Guest Cat, by the acclaimed poet Takashi Hiraide, is a subtly moving and exceptionally beautiful novel about the transient nature of life and idiosyncratic but deeply felt ways of living. A couple in their thirties live in a small rented cottage in a quiet part of Tokyo; they work at home, freelance copy-editing; they no longer have very much to say to one another. But one day a cat invites itself into their small kitchen. It leaves, but the next day comes again, and then again and again. Soon they are buying treats for the cat and enjoying talks about the animal and all its little ways. Life suddenly seems to have more promise for the husband and wife -- the days have more light and color. The novel brims with new small joys and many moments of staggering poetic beauty, but then something happens.... As Kenzaburo Oe has remarked, Takashi Hiraide's work "really shines." His poetry, which is remarkably cross-hatched with beauty, has been acclaimed here for "its seemingly endless string of shape-shifting objects and experiences,whose splintering effect is enacted via a unique combination of speed and minutiae."

Making Comics by Lynda Barry The bestselling, idiosyncratic curriculum from a 2019 MacArthur Fellow will teach you how to draw and write your story "The self-help book of the year."--The New York Times Hello students, meet Professor Skeletor. Be on time, don't miss class, and turn off your phones. No time for introductions, we start drawing right away. The goal is more rock, less talk, and we communicate only through images. For more than five years the cartoonist Lynda Barry has been an associate professor in the University of Wisconsin-Madison art department and at the Wisconsin Institute for Discovery, teaching students from all majors, both graduate and undergraduate, how to make comics, how to be creative, how to not think. There is no academic lecture in this classroom. Doodling is enthusiastically encouraged. Making Comics is the follow-up to Barry's bestselling Syllabus, and this time she shares all her comics-making exercises. In a new hand-drawn syllabus detailing her creative curriculum, Barry has students drawing themselves as monsters and superheroes, convincing students who think they can't draw that they can, and, most important, encouraging them to understand that a daily journal can be anything so long as it is hand drawn. Barry teaches all students and believes everyone and anyone can be creative. At the core of Making Comics is her certainty that creativity is vital to processing the world around us.

Picture This by Lynda Barry The creative-drawing companion to the acclaimed and bestselling What It Is Lynda Barry single-handedly created a literary genre all her own, the graphic memoir/how-to, otherwise known as the bestselling, the acclaimed, but most important, the adored and the inspirational What It Is. The R. R. Donnelley and Eisner Award-winning book posed, explored, and answered the question: "Do you wish you could write?" Now with Picture This, Barry asks: "Do you wish you could draw?" It features the return of Barry's most beloved character, Marlys, and introduces a new one, the Near-sighted Monkey. Like What It Is, Picture This is an inspirational, take-home extension of Barry's traveling, continually sold-out, and sought-after workshop, "Writing the Unthinkable."

Moomin Book One by Tove Jansson The enchanting comic strip that introduced adult readers to the wonderful world of Moomin Tove Jansson is revered around the world as one of the foremost children's authors of the twentieth century for her illustrated chapter books regarding the magical worlds of her creation, the Moomins. The Moomins saw life in many forms but debuted to its biggest audience ever on the pages of the world's largest newspaper, the London Evening News, in 1954. The strip was syndicated in newspapers around the world with millions of readers in forty countries. Moomin Book One is the first volume of Drawn & Quarterly's publishing plan to reprint the entire strip drawn by Jansson before she handed over the reins to her brother Lars in 1960. This is the first time the strip will be published in any form in North America and will deservedly place Jansson among the international cartooning greats of the last century. The Moomins are a tight-knit family-hippo-shaped creatures with easygoing and adventurous outlooks. Jansson's art is pared down and precise, yet able to compose beautiful portraits of ambling creatures in fields of flowers or on rock-strewn beaches that recall Jansson's Nordic roots. The comic strip reached out to adults with its gentle and droll sense of humor. Whimsical but with biting undertones, Jansson's observations of everyday life, including guests who overstay their welcome, modern art, movie stars, and high society, easily caught the attention of an international audience and still resonate today.

Key Terms of the Qur'an by Nicolai Sinai An essential single-volume companion to the critical interpretation of Islamic scripture This book provides detailed and multidisciplinary coverage of a wealth of key Qur'anic terms, with incisive entries on crucial expressions ranging from the divine names allāh ("God") and al-raḥmān ("the Merciful") to the Qur'anic understanding of belief and self-surrender to God. It examines what the terms mean in Qur'anic usage, discusses how to translate them into English, and delineates the role they play in expressing the Qur'an's distinctive understanding of God, humans, and the cosmos. It offers a comprehensive but nonreductionist investigation of the relationship of Qur'anic terms to earlier traditions such as Jewish and Christian literature, pre-Islamic Arabic poetry, and Arabian epigraphy. While the dictionary is primarily engaged in ascertaining what the Qur'an would have meant to its original recipients in late antique Arabia, it makes selective and critical use of later Muslim scholarship alongside an extensive body of secondary research in English, German, and French from the nineteenth century to today. The most authoritative historical-critical reference work on key Qur'anic terms Features a host of entries ranging from concise overviews to substantial essays Draws on comparative material such as Jewish and Christian literature, pre-Islamic Arabic poetry, and Arabian epigraphy Discusses how to best translate Qur'anic terms into English Explores the Qur'an's vision of God, humans, and the cosmos through an analysis of fundamental and recurrent Qur'anic expressions Accessible to readers with little or no Arabic

Hawai'i Beer by Paul R. Kan Home of luaus and surfing, the islands of Hawai'i have been riding a wave of beer making in the middle of the Pacific Ocean. The last state in the Union has not been last in creating amazing beers full of the Aloha Spirit. Like the people who settled all over Polynesia, Hawai'i's beer brewers have been dreamers, adventurers and pioneers. From Captain James Cook's emergency beer that nearly inspired a mutiny in 1778 to today's explosion of celebrated craft breweries, the unique geography and culture make the islands a true beer lover's paradise. Join brewer Paul Kan on an adventure through the history of beer making in a tropical wonderland.

Why We Remember by Charan Ranganath NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * LOS ANGELES TIMES BESTSELLER * Memory is far more than a record of the past. In this groundbreaking tour of the mind and brain, one of the world's top memory researchers reveals the powerful role memory plays in nearly every aspect of our lives, from recalling faces and names, to learning, decision-making, trauma and healing. "Why We Remember offers a radically new and engaging explanation of how and why we remember." --Dr. Matthew Walker, author of Why We Sleep "Prominent neuroscientist and Guggenheim Fellow Charan Ranganath guides us through the science of our memories with incredible insight and clear science. He combines fascinating tales of the peculiarities of memory with practical, actionable steps. Not only will every reader remember better afterward, they'll also never forget this life-changing book." --Siddhartha Mukherjee, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Emperor of Maladies and Gene A new understanding of memory is emerging from the latest scientific research. In Why We Remember, pioneering neuroscientist and psychologist Charan Ranganath radically reframes the way we think about the everyday act of remembering. Combining accessible language with cutting-edge research, he reveals the surprising ways our brains record the past and how we use that information to understand who we are in the present, and to imagine and plan for the future. Memory, Dr. Ranganath shows, is a highly transformative force that shapes how we experience the world in often invisible and sometimes destructive ways. Knowing this can help us with daily remembering tasks, like finding our keys, and with the challenge of memory loss as we age. What's more, when we work with the brain's ability to learn and reinterpret past events, we can heal trauma, shed our biases, learn faster, and grow in self-awareness. Including fascinating studies and examples from pop culture, and drawing on Ranganath's life as a scientist, father, and child of immigrants, Why We Remember is a captivating read that unveils the hidden role memory plays throughout our lives. When we understand its power-- and its quirks--we can cut through the clutter and remember the things we want to remember. We can make freer choices and plan a happier future.

The Norse Myths by Kevin Crossley-Holland With black-and-white drawings throughout, here are thirty-two classic myths that bring the pre-Christian Scandinavian world to life and bear witness to the courage, passion, and boundless spirit that were hallmarks of the Norse world.  Gods, humans, and monstrous beasts engage in prodigious drinking bouts, contests of strength, greedy schemes for gold, and lusty encounters. Included are tales of Odin, the wisest and most fearsome of all the gods; Thor, the thundering powerhouse; and the exquisite mafic-wielding Freyja.

Latin American Folktales by John Bierhorst The wisdom and artistry of storytellers from Hispanic and Indian traditionspreserve one of the world's richest folktale traditions-combining the lore of medieval Europe, the ancient Near East, and pre-Columbian America. Gathered from twenty countries, including the United States, the stories are brought together here in a core collection of one hundred tales arranged in the form of a velorio, or wake, the most frequent occasion for public storytelling. This is the first panoramic anthology of Hispano-American folk narratives in any language. Part of the Pantheon Fairy Tale and Folklore Library

Irish Folktales by Henry Glassie Here are 125 magnificent folktales collected from anthologies and journals published from the mid-nineteenth century to the present day. Beginning with tales of the ancient times and continuing through the arrival of the saints in Ireland in the fifth century, the periods of war and family, the Literary Revival championed by William Butler Yeats, and the contemporary era, these robust and funny, sorrowful and heroic stories of kings, ghosts, fairies, treasures, enchanted nature, and witchcraft are set in cities, villages, fields, and forests from the wild western coast to the modern streets of Dublin and Belfast. Edited by Henry Glassie With black-and-white illustrations throughout Part of the Pantheon Fairy Tale and Folklore Library

Folktales from India by A. K. Ramanujan An enchanting collection of 110 tales, translated from twenty-two different languages, that are by turns harrowing and comic, sardonic and allegorical, mysterious and romantic. Gods disguised as beggars and beasts, animals enacting Machiavellian intrigues, sagacious jesters and magical storytellers, wise counselors and foolish kings--all inhabit a fabular world, yet one that is also firmly grounded in everyday life. Here is an indispensable guide to India's ageless folklore tradition. With black-and-white illustrations throughout Part of the Pantheon Fairy Tale and Folklore Library

Cloven Country by Jeremy Harte Now in paperback, an exploration of the myths of England's deceptively bucolic rolling hills and country lanes believed to be created and shaped by the Dark Lord himself.   According to legend, the English landscape--so calm on the surface--is really the Devil's work. Cloven Country tells of rocks hurled into place and valleys carved out by infernal labor. The Devil's hideous strength laid down great roads in one night and left scars everywhere as the hard stone melted like wax under those burning feet. With roots in medieval folklore of giants and spirits, this is not the Satan of prayer, but a clumsy ogre, easily fooled by humankind. When a smart cobbler or cunning young wife outwitted him, they struck a blow for the underdog. Only the wicked squire and grasping merchant were beyond redemption, carried off by a black huntsman in the storm. Cloven Country offers a fascinating panorama of these decidedly sinister English tales.

The Ultimate Privacy Field Guide by Erin Berman (Editor); Bonnie Tijerina (Editor) Privacy is a core value of librarianship, yet it often feels like an overwhelming and onerous undertaking. With the creation of ever larger datasets and methods to track users' every movement, library workers need to have a deep understanding of privacy, confidentiality, and security. Written by library privacy experts and based on input and guidance from a wide cross-section of stakeholders, this resource is structured to give library workers the tools needed to create and be advocates for privacy-protecting practices and policies. Complete with an introduction to each topic and several exercises for you to implement privacy changes at your library, with the help of this guide you will learn about creating strong passwords, multifactor authentication, how to avoid malware, and other basic digital security concepts as well as where to go for more help; be able to communicate the importance of privacy and why libraries should care by understanding the people you are trying to reach; navigate areas in your physical library space to help protect users' privacy; see how user data travels through the library and what you can do to protect it; build an audit framework, perform an audit, and tell the audit story; read, understand, and write privacy policies applicable to your library; and gain key strategies to employ while protecting user privacy when engaging vendors.

The Hidden Language of Symbols by Matthew Wilson A stimulating narrative and reference resource that guides the reader through the most significant symbols from worldwide art history. Why do we reach for the red rose on Valentine's day? Where did the owl gain its reputation for wisdom? Why should you never trust a fox? In this visual tour through art history, Matthew Wilson pieces together a global visual language enshrined in art: the language of symbols. Symbols exert a strong hold in the image-saturated 21st century, and have done so for thousands of years. From national emblems to corporate logos and emojis, our day-to-day lives abound with icons with roots in the distant past. Expert art historian Matthew Wilson traces the often surprising trajectories that symbols have taken through history, from their original purposes to their modern meanings, identifying the common themes and ideas that link seemingly disparate cultures. Thus we meet the falcon as a symbol of authority from the ancient Egyptian pharaohs to the medieval aristocracy; the dog as stalwart companion from the classical era to the Renaissance; and the mythical phoenix as a symbol of female power connecting a queen in England with a goddess in China. We also see moments of radical reinterpretation and change: the transformation of the swastika from an auspicious symbol of hope to one of hate. From Palaeolithic cave paintings to contemporary installations, Wilson deftly guides us through this world of symbols, showcasing their enduring ability to express power, hope, fear and faith, and to create and communicate identities, uniting - or dividing - the people that made them.

Underworlds by Stephen Ellcock A darkly evocative compendium of images exploring natural, constructed, imaginary and subconscious underworlds, curated by renowned image collector and social media figure Stephen Ellcock. From the burrows and secret bunkers beneath our feet to imagined hellscapes and surrealist dreamscapes, the disquieting, alarming and wonderful visuals span natural and constructed subterranea and imagined and subconscious worlds. A personal introduction by Stephen together with contextual chapter introductions establish the key themes, while supplementary texts elucidate essential concepts, historical events and figures. Thought-provoking literary, philosophical and spiritual quotations punctuate the intriguing images. Together, the images and authoritative text highlight the interplay between the real and the imagined, revealing how the real has fed our fears and hopes and informed our imagination - and conversely, how our imagination has depicted the esoteric, the abject and the unknown.

Anime by Jonathan Clements Japanese animation is at the nexus of an international multimedia industry worth over $23.6 billion a year, linked to everything from manga to computer games, Pokémon and plushies. In this comprehensive guide, Jonathan Clements chronicles the production and reception history of the entire medium, from a handful of hobbyists in the 1910s to the Oscar-winning Spirited Away and beyond. Exploring the cultural and technological developments of the past century, Clements addresses how anime's history has been written by Japanese scholars, and covers previously neglected topics such as wartime instructional animation and work-for-hire for American clients. Founded on the testimonies of industry professionals, and drawing on a myriad of Japanese-language documents, memoirs and books, Anime: A History illuminates the anime business from the inside - investigating its innovators, its unsung heroes and its controversies. This new edition has been updated and revised throughout, with full colour illustrations and three new chapters on anime's fortunes among Chinese audiences and subcontractors, 21st century trends in 'otaku economics', and the huge transformations brought about by the rise of global streaming technology.

Writing with Pleasure by Helen Sword; Selina Tusitala Marsh (Illustrator) An essential guide to cultivating joy in your professional and personal writing Writing should be a pleasurable challenge, not a painful chore. Writing with Pleasure empowers academic, professional, and creative writers to reframe their negative emotions about writing and reclaim their positive ones. By learning how to cast light on the shadows, you will soon find yourself bringing passion and pleasure to everything you write. Acclaimed international writing expert Helen Sword invites you to step into your "WriteSPACE"--a space of pleasurable writing that is socially balanced, physically engaged, aesthetically nourishing, creatively challenging, and emotionally uplifting. Sword weaves together cutting-edge findings in the sciences and social sciences with compelling narratives gathered from nearly six hundred faculty members and graduate students from across the disciplines and around the world. She provides research-based principles, hands-on strategies, and creative "pleasure prompts" designed to help you ramp up your productivity and enhance the personal rewards of your writing practice. Whether you're writing a scholarly article, an administrative email, or a love letter, this book will inspire you to find delight in even the most mundane writing tasks and a richer, deeper pleasure in those you already enjoy. Exuberantly illustrated by prizewinning graphic memoirist Selina Tusitala Marsh, Writing with Pleasure is an indispensable resource for academics, students, professionals, and anyone for whom writing has come to feel like a burden rather than a joy.

The Conference of the Birds by Farid ud-Din Attar; Afkham Darbandi (Translator); Dick Davis (Translator, Introduction by) Composed in the twelfth century in north-eastern Iran, Attar's great mystical poem is among the most significant of all works of Persian literature. A marvellous, allegorical rendering of the Islamic doctrine of Sufism - an esoteric system concerned with the search for truth through God - it describes the consequences of the conference of the birds of the world when they meet to begin the search for their ideal king, the Simorgh bird. On hearing that to find him they must undertake an arduous journey, the birds soon express their reservations to their leader, the hoopoe. With eloquence and insight, however, the hoopoe calms their fears, using a series of riddling parables to provide guidance in the search for spiritual truth. By turns witty and profound, The Conference of the Birds transforms deep belief into magnificent poetry.

The Nine Cloud Dream by Kim Man-jung; Heinz Insu Fenkl (Translator, Introduction by, Notes by) Korea's most prized literary masterpiece- a Buddhist journey questioning the illusions of human life-presented in a vivid new translation by PEN/Hemingway finalist Heinz Insu Fenkl *Named one of the year's most anticipated books by The New York Times, The Millions, and i09* Often considered the highest achievement in Korean fiction, The Nine Cloud Dream poses the question- Will the life we dream of truly make us happy? Written in 17th-century Korea, this classic novel's wondrous story begins when a young monk living on a sacred Lotus Peak in China succumbs to the temptation of eight fairy maidens. For doubting his master's Buddhist teachings, the monk is forced to endure a strange punishment- reincarnation as the most ideal of men. On his journey through this new life full of material, martial, and sensual accomplishments beyond his wildest dreams, he encounters the eight fairies in human form, each one furthering his path towards understanding the fleeting value of his good fortune. As his successes grow, he comes closer and closer to finally comprehending the fundamental truths of the Buddha's teachings. Like Hesse's Siddhartha, The Nine Cloud Dream is an unforgettable tale that explores the meaning of a good life and the virtue of living simply with mindfulness. For more than seventy years, Penguin has been the leading publisher of classic literature in the English-speaking world. With more than 1,800 titles, Penguin Classics represents a global bookshelf of the best works throughout history and across genres and disciplines. Readers trust the series to provide authoritative texts enhanced by introductions and notes by distinguished scholars and contemporary authors, as well as up-to-date translations by award-winning translators.

How We Do It by Jericho Brown; Darlene Taylor More than 30 acclaimed writers--including diverse voices such as Nikki Giovanni, David Omotosho Black, Natasha Trethewey, Barry Jenkins, Jacqueline Woodson, Tayari Jones, and Angela Flournoy--reflect on their experience and expertise in this unique book on the craft of writing that focuses on the Black creative spirit. How We Do It is an anthology curated by Black writers for the creation and proliferation of Black thought. While a creator's ethnicity does not solely define them, it is inherently part of who they are and how they interpret the world. For centuries, Black creators have utilized oral and written storytelling traditions in crafting their art. But how does one begin the process of constructing a poem or story or character? How do Black writers, when faced with questions of "authenticity," dive deep into the essence of their lives and work to find the inherent truth? How We Do It addresses these profound questions. Not a traditional "how to" writing handbook, it seeks to guide rather than dictate and to validate the complexity and range of styles--and even how one thinks about craft itself. An outstanding list of contributors offer their insights on a range of important topics. Pulitzer Prize winner Jericho Brown explores the lives personified in poetry, while Pulitzer Prize winner Natasha Trethewey explores decolonizing enduring metaphors. National Book Award finalist Angela Flournoy illuminates the pain of grief in all forms and how it can be revealed in the act of creation, and iconoclast Nikki Giovanni offers an elegiac declaration on language. New and previously published essays and interviews provide encouragement, examples, and templates, and offer lessons on everything from poetic form and plotting a story to the lessons inherent in the act of writing, trial & error, and finding inspiration in the works of others, including those of Toni Morrison, Shakespeare, and Edward P. Jones. A handbook and a reference tool, How We Do It is a thoughtful and welcome tool that offers direction to help Black artists establish their own creative practice while celebrating and widening the scope of the Black writer's role in art, history, and culture. Contributors include Daniel Omotosho Black, Jericho Brown, Breena Clark, Rita Dove, Camille T. Dungy, W. Ralph Eubanks, Curdella Forbes, Angela Flournoy, Ernest Gaines, Nikki Giovanni, Marita Golden, Ravi Howard, Terrance Hayes, Mitchell S. Jackson, Barry Jenkins, Charles Johnson, Tayari Jones, Jamaica Kincaid, Tony Medina, E. Ethelbert Miller, Elizabeth Nunez, Carl Phillips, Jewell Parker Rhodes, Rion Amilcar Scott, Evie Shockley, Natasha Trethewey, Frank X Walker, Afaa M. Weaver, Crystal Wilkinson, Jacqueline Woodson, Tiphanie Yanique.  

Dancing down the Barricades by Matthew Frye Jacobson A deep dive into racial politics, Hollywood, and Black cultural struggles for liberation as reflected in the extraordinary life and times of Sammy Davis Jr.   Through the lens of Sammy Davis Jr.'s six-decade career in show business--from vaudeville to Vegas to Broadway, Hollywood, and network TV--Dancing Down the Barricades examines the workings of race in American culture. The title phrase holds two contradictory meanings regarding Davis's cultural politics: Did he dance the barricades down, as he liked to think, or did he simply dance down them, as his more radical critics would have it?   Davis was at once a pioneering, barrier-busting, anti-Jim Crow activist and someone who was widely associated with accommodationism and wannabe whiteness. Historian Matthew Frye Jacobson attends to both threads, analyzing how industry norms, productions, scripts, roles, and audience expectations and responses were all framed by race against the backdrop of a changing America. In the spirit of better understanding Davis's life and career, Dancing Down the Barricades examines the complexities of his constraints, freedoms, and choices for what they reveal about Black history and American political culture.  

Decolonizing Journalism by Duncan McCue Recent events including the Truth and Reconciliation Commission and the discovery of mass graves at the sites of former residential schools have brought increased coverage of Indigenous Peoples to Canada's mainstream media outlets. However, there is no guide for current and aspiring journalists to building respectful and reciprocal relationships with Indigenous people and communities when researching and sharing their stories. Written by a leading Indigenous journalist, Duncan McCue, specifically for journalism students in Canada, Decolonizing Journalism delivers practical, up-to-date advice in a guidebook-like text that students will use throughout their studies and careers. Readers will learn how to develop a critical consciousness when engaging with and reporting on Indigenous communities, and will draw insights into the histories, processes, and obstacles central to decolonizing journalism from exclusive interviews with 9 leading Indigenous journalists.

Shakespeare's Book by Chris Laoutaris The never-before-told story of how the makers of The First Folio created Shakespeare as we know him today.  2023 marks the 400-year anniversary of the publication of Mr William Shakespeare's Comedies, Histories, & Tragedies, known today simply as the First Folio. It is difficult to imagine a world without The Tempest, Twelfth Night, Antony and Cleopatra, The Winter's Tale, and Macbeth, but these are just some of the plays that were only preserved thanks to the astounding labor of love that was the first collected edition of Shakespeare's plays. When the First Folio hit the bookstalls in 1623, nearly eight years after the dramatist's death, it provided eighteen previously unpublished plays, and significantly revised versions of close to a dozen other dramatic works, many of which may not have survived without the efforts of those who backed, financed, curated, and crafted what is arguably one of the most important conservation projects in literary history. Without the First Folio Shakespeare is unlikely to have acquired the towering international stature he now enjoys across the arts, the pedagogical arena, and popular culture. Its lasting impact on English national heritage, as well as its circulation across cultures, languages, and media, makes the First Folio the world's most influential secular book. But who were the personalities behind the project and did Shakespeare himself play a role in its inception? Shakespeare's Book: The Story Behind the First Folio and the Making of Shakespeare charts, for the first time, the manufacture of the First Folio against a turbulent backdrop of seismic political events and international tensions which intersected with the lives of its creators and which left their indelible marks on this ambitious publication-project. This story uncovers the friendships, bonds, social ties, and professional networks that facilitated the production of Shakespeare's book--as well as the personal challenges, tragedies and dangers that threw obstacles in the path of its chief backers. It reveals how Shakespeare himself, before his death, may have influenced the ways in which his own public identity would come to be enshrined in the First Folio, shaping his legacy to future generations and determining how the world would remember him: "not of an age, but for all time." Shakespeare's Book tells the true story of how the makers of the First Folio created "Shakespeare" as we know him today.

Collected writings : Two serious ladies, In the summer house, stories & other writings, letters / by Jane Bowles For her centenary (February 22, 2017), the most complete edition everpublished of the brilliant modernist writings and evocative letters of an LGBT pioneer. Though Jane Bowles published only one novel, one play, and a handful ofstories, her genius for spare prose and vivid dialogue had an outsized influence onher contemporaries. Tennessee Williams called her "the most important writer ofprose fiction in modern American letters"; for John Ashbery she was "one of thefinest modern writers of fiction in any language." Now, on the occasion of hercentenary, Library of America presents the most complete edition ever publishedof Bowles's incomparable fiction, along with an extensive selection of her frank,vivid, and funny letters. Two Serious Ladies (1943), based partly on herhoneymoon in Mexico with her husband, the writer and composer Paul Bowles,follows two bourgeois American women in Panama as they jettison sexual andcultural norms in search of happiness- Christina Goering, a wealthy spinster whobecomes a high-class prostitute; and newlywed Frieda Copperfield, who finds loveand comfort in the arms of a young Panamanian girl. In The Summer House (1954),a play about two mothers, one selfish and ruthless, despising her dreamydaughter, the other gentle, dominated by her strong-minded daughter, wasperformed on Broadway in 1953 and reflects Bowles's complicated relationshipwith her own mother. The volume also includes five short stories, two song lyrics,a puppet play, and the nonfiction sketch "East Side- North Africa." (Paul Bowles'srewrite of "East Side- North Africa," published in 1966, under Jane's name, as theshort story "Everything Is Nice," is also included as an appendix), as well asfragments from two abandoned novels, a section of Two Serious Ladies cut froman earlier draft, four abandoned stories, one unfinished play, and oneautobiographical fragment. Rounding out the volume are 133 letters, includingcandid portraits of such friends and acquaintances as John Ashbery, WilliamBurroughs, Ira Gershwin, Allen Ginsberg, Carson McCullers, Sylvia Plath, PaulRobeson, Susan Sontag, Gertrude Stein, Gore Vidal, Eudora Welty, and TennesseeWilliams. The letters are introduced with headnotes by editor Millicent Dillon, plus10 pages of photographs have been reproduced from the original edition of theletters. LIBRARY OF AMERICAis an independent nonprofit cultural organization founded in 1979 to preserve our nation's literary heritage by publishing, and keeping permanently in print, America's best and most significant writing. The Library of America series includes more than 300 volumes to date, authoritative editions that average 1,000 pages in length, feature cloth covers, sewn bindings, and ribbon markers, and are printed on premium acid-free paper that will last for centuries.

North Woods by Daniel Mason A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW TOP TEN BOOK OF THE YEAR A WASHINGTON POST TOP TEN BOOK OF THE YEAR * FINALIST FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK CRITICS CIRCLE AWARD A sweeping novel about a single house in the woods of New England, told through the lives of those who inhabit it across the centuries--"a time-spanning, genre-blurring work of storytelling magic" (The Washington Post) from the Pulitzer Prize finalist and author of The Piano Tuner and The Winter Soldier. "With the expansiveness and immersive feeling of two-time Booker Prize nominee David Mitchell's fiction (Cloud Atlas), the wicked creepiness of Edgar Allan Poe, and Mason's bone-deep knowledge of and appreciation for the natural world that's on par with that of Thoreau, North Woods fires on all cylinders."--San Francisco Chronicle New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice * A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: Time, The Boston Globe, NPR, Chicago Public Library, The Star Tribune, The Economist, The Christian Science Monitor, Real Simple, Kirkus Reviews, Publishers Weekly, Library Journal, Bookreporter When two young lovers abscond from a Puritan colony, little do they know that their humble cabin in the woods will become the home of an extraordinary succession of human and nonhuman characters alike. An English soldier, destined for glory, abandons the battlefields of the New World to devote himself to growing apples. A pair of spinster twins navigate war and famine, envy and desire. A crime reporter unearths an ancient mass grave--only to discover that the earth refuse to give up their secrets. A lovelorn painter, a sinister con man, a stalking panther, a lusty beetle: As the inhabitants confront the wonder and mystery around them, they begin to realize that the dark, raucous, beautiful past is very much alive. This magisterial and highly inventive novel from Pulitzer Prize finalist Daniel Mason brims with love and madness, humor and hope. Following the cycles of history, nature, and even language, North Woods shows the myriad, magical ways in which we're connected to our environment, to history, and to one another. It is not just an unforgettable novel about secrets and destinies, but a way of looking at the world that asks the timeless question: How do we live on, even after we're gone?

Constellation Route by Matthew Olzmann Constellation Route uses the form of the letter to explore issues related to contemporary American society: the environment, race, love, grief, friendship, violence, and spirituality. The book is largely a metaphysical tribute to both the Post Office and the act of letter writing as a way to understand and create meaningful connections with the world at large.

Otherlands by Thomas Halliday "Immersive . . . bracingly ambitious . . . rewinds the story of life on Earth--from the mammoth steppe of the last Ice Age to the dawn of multicellular creatures over 500 million years ago."--The Economist LONGLISTED FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE * "One of those rare books that's both deeply informative and daringly imaginative."--Elizabeth Kolbert, author of Under a White Sky ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The New Yorker, Prospect (UK) The past is past, but it does leave clues, and Thomas Halliday has used cutting-edge science to decipher them more completely than ever before. In Otherlands, Halliday makes sixteen fossil sites burst to life on the page. This book is an exploration of the Earth as it used to exist, the changes that have occurred during its history, and the ways that life has found to adapt―or not. It takes us from the savannahs of Pliocene Kenya to watch a python chase a group of australopithecines into an acacia tree; to a cliff overlooking the salt pans of the empty basin of what will be the Mediterranean Sea just as water from the Miocene Atlantic Ocean spills in; into the tropical forests of Eocene Antarctica; and under the shallow pools of Ediacaran Australia, where we glimpse the first microbial life.  Otherlands also offers us a vast perspective on the current state of the planet. The thought that something as vast as the Great Barrier Reef, for example, with all its vibrant diversity, might one day soon be gone sounds improbable. But the fossil record shows us that this sort of wholesale change is not only possible but has repeatedly happened throughout Earth history. Even as he operates on this broad canvas, Halliday brings us up close to the intricate relationships that defined these lost worlds. In novelistic prose that belies the breadth of his research, he illustrates how ecosystems are formed; how species die out and are replaced; and how species migrate, adapt, and collaborate. It is a breathtaking achievement: a surprisingly emotional narrative about the persistence of life, the fragility of seemingly permanent ecosystems, and the scope of deep time, all of which have something to tell us about our current crisis.

Of Time and Turtles by Sy Montgomery; Matt Patterson (Illustrator) A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * NATIONAL BESTSELLER * AMAZON EDITOR'S PICK and BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR * INDIE BESTSELLER * A SMITHSONIAN MAGAZINE'S BEST SCIENCE BOOK OF THE YEAR * THE WASHINGTON POST'S BEST NONFICTION OF THE YEAR PICK * A NEW SCIENTIST BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR *THE PERFECT GIFT FOR NATURE LOVERS * INCLUDES GORGEOUS ARTWORK * "Montgomery's heart-tugging conversations with teammates and her commitment to helping an octogenarian named Fire Chief reveal turtles to be perfect conduits for meditations on aging, disability and chosen family." --Scientific American National Book Award finalist for The Soul of an Octopus and New York Times bestseller Sy Montgomery turns her journalistic curiosity to the wonder and wisdom of our long-lived cohabitants--turtles--and through their stories of hope and rescue, reveals to us astonishing new perspectives on time and healing. For fans of The Comfort of Crows: A Backyard Year and An Immense World. When acclaimed naturalist Sy Montgomery and wildlife artist Matt Patterson arrive at Turtle Rescue League, they are greeted by hundreds of turtles recovering from injury and illness. Endangered by cars and highways, pollution and poachers, these turtles--with wounds so severe that even veterinarians would have dismissed them as fatal--are given a second chance at life. The League's founders, Natasha and Alexxia, live by one motto: Never give up on a turtle. But why turtles? What is it about them that inspires such devotion? Ancient and unhurried, long-lived and majestic, their lineage stretches back to the time of the dinosaurs. Some live to two hundred years, or longer. Others spend months buried under cold winter water. Montgomery turns to these little understood yet endlessly surprising creatures to probe the eternal question: How can we make peace with our time? In pursuit of the answer, Sy and Matt immerse themselves in the delicate work of protecting turtle nests, incubating eggs, rescuing sea turtles, and releasing hatchlings to their homes in the wild. We follow the snapping turtle Fire Chief on his astonishing journey as he battles against injuries incurred by a truck. Hopeful and optimistic, Of Time and Turtles is an antidote to the instability of our frenzied world. Elegantly blending science, memoir, and philosophy, and drawing on cultures from across the globe, this compassionate portrait of injured turtles and their determined rescuers invites us all to slow down and slip into turtle time. Perfect gift for nature lovers. Includes a signature of photos plus stunning, photo-realistic full color paintings and black-and-white chapter opener art by wildlife artist Matt Patterson. Read more books by Sy Montgomery such as How to Be a Good Creature and The Soul of an Octopus. Don't miss The Book of Turtles for children.

Start Here by Sohla El-Waylly; Samin Nosrat (Foreword by) NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * Change the way you think about cooking! In this epic guide to better eating, the chef, recipe developer, and video producer Sohla El-Waylly reimagines what a cookbook can be, teaching home cooks of all skill levels how cooking really works. "The new Joy of Cooking." --The New York Times A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The New York Times, NPR, Epicurious, The Boston Globe "The book I wish someone had handed me when I began my own journey as a cook."--from the Foreword by Samin Nosrat, New York Times bestselling author of Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat "A book to return to again and again and again." --Yotam Ottolenghi, New York Times bestselling author of Plenty and Ottolenghi Simple    A practical, information-packed, and transformative guide to becoming a better cook and conquering the kitchen, Start Here is a must-have master class in leveling up your cooking. Across a dozen technique-themed chapters--from "Temperature Management 101" and "Break it Down & Get Saucy" to "Go to Brown Town," "All About Butter," and "Getting to Know Dough"--Sohla El-Waylly explains the hows and whys of cooking, introducing the fundamental skills that you need to become a more intuitive, inventive cook. A one-stop resource, regardless of what you're hungry for, Start Here gives equal weight to savory and sweet dishes, with more than two hundred mouthwatering recipes, including: Crispy-Skinned Salmon with Radishes & Nuoc Cham Charred Lemon Risotto Chilled Green Tahini Soba Lemon, Pecorino & Potato Pizza Fruity-Doodle Cookies Masa & Buttermilk Tres Leches Packed with practical advice and scientific background, and an almost endless assortment of recipe variations, along with tips, guidance, and how-tos, Start Here is culinary school--without the student loans.

Made in Taiwan by Clarissa Wei NAMED A BEST COOKBOOK OF 2023 BY THE NEW YORK TIMES, SAN FRANCISCO CHRONICLE, WIRED, GOOD HOUSEKEEPING, LOS ANGELES TIMES, DELISH, EPICURIOUS, and SERIOUS EATS An in-depth exploration of the vibrant food and culture of Taiwan, including never-before-seen exclusive recipes and gorgeous photography. Taipei-based food journalist Clarissa Wei presents Made in Taiwan, a cookbook that celebrates the island nation's unique culinary identity--despite a refusal by the Chinese government to recognize its sovereignty. The expansive book contains deeply researched essays and more than 100 recipes inspired by the people who live in Taiwan today. For generations, Taiwanese cuisine has been miscategorized under the broad umbrella term of Chinese food. Backed with historical evidence and interviews, Wei makes a case for why Taiwanese food should get its own spotlight. Made in Taiwan includes classics like Peddler Noodles, Braised Minced Pork Belly, and Three-Cup Chicken, and features authentic, never-before-seen recipes and techniques like how to make stinky tofu from scratch and broth tips from an award-winning beef noodle soup master. Made in Taiwan is an earnest reflection of what the food is like in modern-day Taiwan from the perspective of the people who have lived there for generations. It is the story of a proud nation--a self-sufficient collective of people who continue to forge on despite unprecedented ambiguity.

The Vegan Chinese Kitchen by Hannah Che JAMES BEARD AWARD WINNER . IACP AWARD WINNER . 100+ fresh, plant-based, umami-packed recipes that show the range of traditional and modern Chinese vegan cuisine from the creator of The Plant-Based Wok. ONE OF THE TEN BEST COOKBOOKS OF THE YEAR- The Washington Post, Simply Recipes ONE OF THE BEST COOKBOOKS OF THE YEAR- The New York Times, Saveur, Vice, Epicurious, Library Journal When Hannah Che decided to become a vegan, she worried that it would separate her from the traditions and food that her Chinese family celebrated. But that was before she learned about zhai cai, the plant-based Chinese cuisine that emphasizes umami-rich ingredients and can be traced back over centuries to Buddhist temple kitchens. In The Vegan Chinese Kitchen, through gorgeous photography, stories, and recipes, Hannah Che shows us the magic of this highly developed and creative tradition in which nearly every dish in the Chinese repertoire can be replicated in a meatless way, such as Blistered Dry-Fried String Beans or Sweet and Sour Tofu. You'll also find recipes that are naturally plant-based and as irresistible as they are nourishing, such as flaky scallion pancakes, corn stir-fried with peppers and pine nuts, or pea shoots braised in a velvety mushroom broth made with sesame-oil roux. This book will delight vegans, vegetarians, and omnivores alike, inviting you to explore a whole world of flavors and ingredients.

Library Services and Incarceration by Jeanie Austin As part of our mission to enhance learning and ensure access to information for all library patrons, our profession needs to come to terms with the consequences of mass incarceration, which have saturated the everyday lives of people in the United States and heavily impacts Black, Indigenous, and people of color; LGBTQ people; and people who are in poverty. Jeanie Austin, a librarian with San Francisco Public Library's Jail and Reentry Services program, helms this important contribution to the discourse, providing tools applicable in a variety of settings. This text covers practical information about services in public and academic libraries, and libraries in juvenile detention centers, jails, and prisons, while contextualizing these services for LIS classrooms and interdisciplinary scholars. It powerfully advocates for rethinking the intersections between librarianship and carceral systems, pointing the way towards different possibilities. This clear-eyed text begins with an overview of the convergence of library and information science and carceral systems within the United States, summarizing histories of information access and control such as book banning, and the ongoing work of incarcerated people and community members to gain more access to materials; examines the range of carceral institutions and their forms, including juvenile detention, jails, immigration detention centers, adult prisons, and forms of electronic monitoring; draws from research into the information practices of incarcerated people as well as individual accounts to examine the importance of information access while incarcerated; shares valuable case studies of various library systems that are currently providing both direct and indirect services, including programming, book clubs, library spaces, roving book carts, and remote reference; provides guidance on collection development tools and processes; discusses methods for providing reentry support through library materials and programming, from customized signage and displays to raising public awareness of the realities of policing and incarceration; gives advice on supporting community groups and providing outreach to transitional housing; includes tips for building organizational support and getting started, with advice on approaching library management, creating procedures for challenges, ensuring patron privacy, and how to approach partners who are involved with overseeing the functioning of the carceral facility; and concludes with a set of next steps, recommended reading, and points of reflection.

Approaches to Liaison Librarianship by Robin Canuel (Editor) Liaison librarianship is a well-established system for framing the work and organizational structures of an academic library to effectively meet the needs of faculty and students. But despite its rich history, the precise meaning of liaison librarianship remains somewhat fluid--the size and nature of an academic institution, the library's financial and human resources, and the diversity and size of local programs are only some of the variables that librarians must take into consideration when evaluating a specific liaison model for their library, how to implement it, and how its success will be assessed. Approaches to Liaison Librarianship showcases a number of different implementations of the liaison model, across a range of institutions, and describes in detail many of the tailored programs and services that liaison librarians are so well-positioned to provide. In 20 chapters, this thorough book explores: the design and establishment of liaison librarian programs; refreshing programs periodically to reflect local campus changes and demands for new services and support from faculty and students; the challenges of managing liaison programs through these types of changes; day-to-day experiences as liaison librarians, from collaborating with teaching faculty on crafting and delivering information literacy instruction to designing online research support tools; librarians working to become fully embedded in their liaison departments to establish a closer connection to the workflows and culture of the departments they serve; participating in special projects in collaboration with research and teaching faculty that leverage the specialized knowledge and skills of today's liaison librarians; and more. Throughout, the authors describe the opportunities and challenges faced by liaison librarians and outline how these librarians leverage their specialized skills and knowledge of their users' needs to satisfy a wide variety of demands. Approaches to Liaison Librarianship offers ideas for creating customized solutions for your local environment and ways to integrate new resources and services into your liaison models.

Strange Japanese Yokai by Kenji Murakami; Zack Davisson (Translator) Since time immemorial, Japan has been inhabited by supernatural creatures, spirits, monsters and demons...Here's your chance to meet them up close and personal! Strange Japanese Yokai assembles an extraordinary collection of mysterious creatures in every possible shape and size, each with their own unique back story. Some are well-known, others obscure. The one thing they share in common is that they are creepy and weird! The 122 different Yokai described in this book include: The Kappa: A dangerous creature who lives in lakes and rivers and attacks passers-by The Nurarihyon: A mysterious Yokai with a huge head who steals food, tobacco and alcohol The Yadokai: A mischievous former monk who wanders at night vandalizing and being a pest The Ohaguru:A scary Yokai with black teeth who looks like a beautiful woman from afar until she gets closer, smiles, and reveals herself And over 100 more! Yokai expert Kenji Murakami identifies each Yokai, explains the history, where they commonly appear, and their strange powers. The book is illustrated with hundreds of full-color drawings showcasing the fascinating features of these strange creatures. Every monster here, no matter how disgusting, is part of the rich cultural legacy of Japan. *Recommended for readers ages 14 & up*

My Perfect Life by Lynda Barry Maybonne and Marlys Mullen endure the mortifying highs and lows of middle school in this Lynda Barry classic. Collected from the strip Ernie Pook's Comeek, which was serialized in alternative weeklies across the continent, My Perfect Life captures the moment when Lynda Barry finds the perfect balance in longer-form storytelling between the bellyaching laughs and the brutal reality checks. Along with the 2022 release Come Over Come Over, this collection continues to spotlight the life of teenager Maybonne Mullen. She suffers through the utterly relatable insults of junior high and the excruciating embarrassment caused by her little sister, Marlys. Hovering in the background, however, is a broken home, parents struggling with addiction, a grandmother who takes her granddaughters from the diverse big city to a bewilderingly bland small town. Yet fitting into the new school and surroundings is, of course, paramount to a young teenager. Maybonne begins September full of life and excitement. As the school year progresses, she experiences bullying, her first boyfriend, family drama, drinking, and more. The book ends with Maybonne withdrawn and jaded as the reality of her world outweighs the magic.

Syllabus by Lynda Barry Writing exercises and creativity advice from Barry's pioneering, life-changing workshop The award-winning author Lynda Barry is the creative force behind the genre-defying and bestselling work What It Is. She believes that anyone can be a writer and has set out to prove it. For the past decade, Barry has run a highly popular writing workshop for nonwriters called Writing the Unthinkable, which was featured in The New York Times Magazine. Syllabus: Notes from an Accidental Professor is the first book to make her innovative lesson plans and writing exercises available to the public for home or classroom use. Barry teaches a method of writing that focuses on the relationship between the hand, the brain, and spontaneous images, both written and visual. It has been embraced by people across North America--prison inmates, postal workers, university students, high-school teachers, and hairdressers--for opening pathways to creativity. Syllabus takes the course plan for Barry's workshop and runs wild with it in her densely detailed signature style. Collaged texts, ballpoint-pen doodles, and watercolor washes adorn Syllabus's yellow lined pages, which offer advice on finding a creative voice and using memories to inspire the writing process. Throughout it all, Barry's voice (as an author and as a teacher-mentor) rings clear, inspiring, and honest.

Soseki Natsume's I Am a Cat: the Manga Edition by Soseki Natsume; Chiroru Kobato (Illustrator); Zack Davisson (Translator) Japan's beloved literary masterpiece brought to life in manga form! Soseki Natsume's comic masterpiece, I Am a Cat, satirizes the foolishness of upper-middle-class Japanese society in early 20th century Tokyo. Written with biting wit and sardonic perspective, it follows the whimsical adventures of a rather cynical stray kitten. He finds his way into the home of an English teacher, where his running commentary on the follies and foibles of the people around him has been making readers laugh for more than a century. This is the very first manga edition in English of this classic piece of Japanese literature. The story lends itself well to a graphic novel format, allowing readers to pick up on the more subtle cues of the expressive cat, while also being immersed in the world of his perceptive narration. It is true to classic manga form, and is read back to front. Beautifully illustrated by Japanese artist Chiroru Kobato, this edition provides a visual, entertaining look at a unique period in Japan's history--filled with cultural and societal changes, rapid modernization and a feeling of limitless possibility--through the eyes of an unlikely narrator.

A Haunting on the Hill by Elizabeth Hand From award-winning author Elizabeth Hand comes the first-ever novel authorized to return to the world of Shirley Jackson's The Haunting of Hill House--a "scary and beautifully written" (Neil Gaiman) new story of isolation and longing perfect for our present time.   **Named a Best Book of the Year by The New Yorker, The Washington Post, and Harper's Bazaar** Open the door . . . .    Holly Sherwin has been a struggling playwright for years, but now, after receiving a grant to develop her play Witching Night, she may finally be close to her big break. All she needs is time and space to bring her vision to life. When she stumbles across Hill House on a weekend getaway upstate, she is immediately taken in by the mansion, nearly hidden outside a remote village. It's enormous, old, and ever-so eerie--the perfect place to develop and rehearse her play.   Despite her own hesitations, Holly's girlfriend, Nisa, agrees to join Holly in renting the house for a month, and soon a troupe of actors, each with ghosts of their own, arrive. Yet as they settle in, the house's peculiarities are made known: strange creatures stalk the grounds, disturbing sounds echo throughout the halls, and time itself seems to shift.  All too soon, Holly and her friends find themselves at odds not just with one another, but with the house itself. It seems something has been waiting in Hill House all these years, and it no longer intends to walk alone . . . "A fitting--and frightening--homage." --New York Times Book Review "It's thrilling to find this is a true hybrid of these two ingenious women's work--a novel with all the chills of Jackson that also highlights the contemporary flavor and evocative writing of Hand." --Washington Post "Only the brilliant Elizabeth Hand could so expertly honor Jackson's rage, wit, and vision." --Paul Tremblay "Eerily beautiful, strangely seductive, and genuinely upsetting." --Alix E. Harrow  

Absolution by Alice McDermott AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Named a Best Book of the Year by Time, Esquire, Good Housekeeping, Kirkus Reviews, Los Angeles Times, NPR, Oprah Daily, Real Simple, and Vogue A riveting account of women's lives on the margins of the Vietnam War, from the renowned winner of the National Book Award. You have no idea what it was like. For us. The women, I mean. The wives. American women--American wives--have been mostly minor characters in the literature of the Vietnam War, but in Absolution they take center stage. Tricia is a shy newlywed, married to a rising attorney on loan to navy intelligence. Charlene is a practiced corporate spouse and mother of three, a beauty and a bully. In Saigon in 1963, the two women form a wary alliance as they balance the era's mandate to be "helpmeets" to their ambitious husbands with their own inchoate impulse to "do good" for the people of Vietnam. Sixty years later, Charlene's daughter, spurred by an encounter with an aging Vietnam vet, reaches out to Tricia. Together, they look back at their time in Saigon, taking wry account of that pivotal year and of Charlene's altruistic machinations, and discovering how their own lives as women on the periphery--of politics, of history, of war, of their husbands' convictions--have been shaped and burdened by the same sort of unintended consequences that followed America's tragic interference in Southeast Asia. A virtuosic new novel from Alice McDermott, one of our most observant, most affecting writers, about folly and grace, obligation, sacrifice, and, finally, the quest for absolution in a broken world.

Nightwatching by Tracy Sierra Unputdownable · Psychological Suspense · Horror · Tense · Gripping "Pulse-pounding locked-room suspense." --Elle "Nightwatching is like nothing I've read before. I wolfed it down in two sittings; it's amazing."--Lisa Jewell A footstep on the stairs. A second to react. What happens next will determine everything. Home alone with her young children during a blizzard, a mother tucks her son back into bed in the middle of the night. She hears a noise--old houses are always making some kind of noise. But this sound is disturbingly familiar: it's the tread of footsteps, unusually heavy and slow, coming up the stairs. She sees the figure of a man appear down the hallway, shrouded in the shadows. Terrified, she quietly wakes her children and hustles them into the oldest part of the house, a tiny, secret room concealed behind a wall. There they hide as the man searches for them, trying to tempt the children out with promises and scare the mother into surrender. In the suffocating darkness, the mother struggles to remain calm, to plan. Should she search for a weapon or attempt escape? But then she catches another glimpse of him. That face. That voice. And at once she knows her situation is even more dire than she'd feared, because she knows exactly who he is--and what he wants.

Meditations of Hawaii Hawai'i is a unique place on earth with awe-inspiring natural beauty ranging from white sand beaches, to plunging waterfalls, to cloud-covered summits. It's a place where the creation of land continues with fiery volcanic eruptions and streams of lava that cool, coil, and cement into hardened black rock out of which new life miraculously sprouts through cracks and crevices under the same sun that the demigod Māui slowed with his rope. These natural wonders invite us to slow down, drink in, and ponder the beauty before us--from misty rainbows, to dazzling sunrises and sunsets, to massive crashing waves. Meditations of Hawai'i invites you to meditate on God's work as reflected in Hawai'i's picturesque landscapes. Each stunning photograph is paired with scripture in both English and Hawaiian from Ka Baibala Hemolele to provide reflection, celebration, and instruction.

Connecting the Kingdom by Peter R. Mills In this groundbreaking work, Peter Mills reveals a wealth of insight into the emergence of the Hawaiian nation-state from sources mostly ignored by colonial and post-colonial historians alike. By examining how early Hawaiian chiefs appropriated Western sailing technology to help build their island nation, Mills presents the fascinating history of sixty Hawaiian-owned schooners, brigs, barks, and peleleu canoes. While these vessels have often been dismissed as examples of chiefly folly, Mills highlights their significance in Hawaiʻi's rapidly evolving monarchy, and aptly demonstrates how the monarchy's own nineteenth-century sailing fleet facilitated fundamental transformations of interisland tributary systems, alliance building, exchange systems, and emergent forms of Indigenous capitalism. Part One covers broad trends in Hawaiʻi's changing maritime traditions, beginning with the evolution of Hawaiian archaic states in the precontact era. Mills argues that Indigenous trends towards political intensification under the predecessors to Kamehameha I set the stage for Kamehameha's own rapid appropriation of Western sailing vessels. From the first procurement of a Western-style vessel in 1790 through the beginning of the constitutional monarchy in 1840, these vessels were part of a nuanced strategy that promoted a diverse revenue base for the monarchy and developed greater international parity in Hawaiʻi's foreign diplomacy. Part Two presents the histories of the sixty vessels owned by Hawaiian chiefs between 1790 and 1840, discussing their significance, origin, physical attributes, ownership, procurement, and purpose. Using newspapers and other contemporaneous sources, Mills uncovers little-known details of more than 2,000 voyages around and between the islands and to distant parts of the Pacific. His meticulous documentation of each ship's itinerary is a valuable resource for tracking the movement of chiefs and commoners between islands as they engaged in the business of building a newly interconnected Hawaiian nation. Part Three connects these previously neglected maritime stories with an expanding body of historical treatments of Hawaiian agency. Readers with enthusiasm for life in nineteenth-century Hawaiʻi will appreciate the entertaining and, at times, deeply moving glimpses into the daily lives of individuals in Hawaiʻi's pluralistic port communities.

Ni'ihau: Pele's Hawaiian Landfall: a history by Steven Gentry Niʻihau basks like a whale--or in some lights, like a jewel--across the sea from Kauaʻi. Fewer than a hundred Niihauans now live there, but it is the spiritual home to many more elsewhere in Hawai'i. Long known as the "Forbidden Island," it is seldom visited by outsiders. In this fully illustrated, wide-ranging study, Steven Gentry explores: -- The natural world of Niʻihau, and how its plants and animals have evolved and adapted to Polynesian and European arrivals -- Origins of Niʻihau's inhabitants, their journey to the Hawaiian islands; Niihauan creation myths and voyaging traditions, and the development of a distinctive culture -- The mixed blessings of European arrival in the Hawaiian islands, 1778 -- Niʻihau's complex relationship with Kauaʻi -- Purchase of Niʻihau from King Kamehameha by the Sinclair family -- Early missionaries and ranching -- Aubrey Robinson's leadership and family, 1880s to the 1920s -- Aylmer Robinson's stewardship of the island -- State and private ownership, and preservation of the Niihauan language -- Dramatic and intriguing stories of island life, past and present The volcanic island of Niʻihau arose steaming and hissing from the ocean millions of years ago, but by the time the goddess Pele's canoe landed on a golden Niihauan beach its fires were no more. In time Niʻihau and the other Hawaiian islands were settled by Polynesian people. Then came missionaries and, after them, ranchers. In 1864 Niʻihau was sold by the king of Hawai'i to the Sinclair family, whose descendants still own it today. Steven Gentry traces all this history and weaves it into an intimate and engrossing account of this intriguing island.

A nature walk to Ka'ena, O'ahu by Edward Arrigoni; Raymond S. Tabata

The Pacific Islands by Moshe Rapaport The Pacific is the last major world region to be discovered by humans. Although small in total land area, its numerous islands and archipelagoes with their startlingly diverse habitats and biotas, extend across a third of the globe. This revised edition of a popular text explores the diverse landforms, climates, and ecosystems of the Pacific island region. Multiple chapters, written by leading specialists, cover the environment, history, culture, population, and economy. The work includes new or completely revised chapters on gender, music, logging, development, education, urbanization, health, ocean resources, and tourism. Throughout two key issues are addressed: the exceptional environmental challenges and the demographic/economic/political challenges facing the region. Although modern technology and media and waves of continental tourists are fast eroding island cultures, the continuing resilience of Pacific island populations is apparent. This is the only contemporary text on the Pacific Islands that covers both environment and sociocultural issues and will thus be indispensable for any serious student of the region. Unlike other reviews, it treats the entirety of Oceania (with the exception of Australia) and is well illustrated with numerous photos and maps, including a regional atlas. Contributors: David Abbott, Dennis A. Ahlburg, Glenn Banks, John Barker, Geoffrey Bertram, David A. Chappell, William C. Clarke, John Connell, Ron Crocombe, Julie Cupples, Derrick Depledge, Colin Filer, Gerard J. Fryer, Patricia Fryer, Brenden S. Holland, E. Alison Kay, David M. Kennedy, Lamont Lindstrom, Rick Lumpkin, Harley I. Manner, Selina Tusitala Marsh, Nancy McDowell, Hamish A. McGowan, Frank McShane, Simon Milne, R. John Morrison, Dieter Mueller-Dombois, Stephen G. Nelson, Patrick D. Nunn, Michael R. Ogden, Andrew Pawley, Jean-Louis Rallu, Vina Ram-Bidesi, Moshe Rapaport, Annette Sachs Robertson, Richard Scaglion, Donovan Storey, Andrew P. Sturman, Lynne D. Talley, James P. Terry, Randolph R. Thaman, Frank R. Thomas, Caroline Vercoe, Terence Wesley-Smith, Paul Wolffram.

Sumo Showdown by Philip Sandoz

Hanafuda Hawaii style by Helen Tanabe Nakano; Jason Nakano

Hanafuda : na pua Hawaiʻi. by Helen Tanabe Nakano; Jason Nakano "Hanafuda is a Japanese card game played by Hawaiʻi locals for over a century. This special edition celebrates the endemic and canoe plants and animals, native to Hawaiʻi." -- From box.

Taro Varieties in Hawaii by L. D. Whitney; F. A. I. Bowers; M. Takahashi A reprint of the classic 1939 bulletin by Whitney, Bowers, and Takahashi, this publication contains detailed descriptions of 84 varieties of taro found in Hawai'i. Appendices group the varieties into "finding lists" according to general descriptions. Eight pages of drawings and photographs illustrate the distinguishing morphological characteristics of the taro plant.

Salinity and Tides in Alluvial Estuaries by H. H. G. Savenije The book describes an integrated theory that links estuary shape to tidal hydraulics, tidal mixing and salt intrusion. The shape of an alluvial estuary is characterised by exponentially varying width and the absence of bottom slope. This topography is closely related to tidal parameters, hydraulic parameters and parameters that describe 1-dimensional mixing and salt intrusion. Starting from the fundamental equations for conservation of mass and momentum, analytical equations are derived that relate the topography to tidal parameters (tidal excursion, phase lag, tidal damping, tidal amplification), wave celerity, lateral and vertical mixing and salt intrusion. The book presents a review of the state of the art, a comprehensive theoretical background and ample case illustrations from all over the world. It provides tools with which human interference in estuary dynamics can be described and predicted, resulting from, for instance: upstream fresh water abstraction, dredging, climate change or sea-level rise. In describing the interactions between tide, topography, water quality and river discharge, it provides useful information for hydraulic engineers, morphologists, ecologists and people concerned with water quality in alluvial estuaries.Although the book can be used as a text book, it is mainly a monograph aimed at graduate students and researchers.

Tatau by Mark Adams (Photographer); Sean Mallon; Peter Brunt; Nicholas Thomas When Tatau was first published in 2010, Mark Adams' renowned images documenting a great Polynesian art tradition were a revelation. Mostly taken between 1978 and 2005, these photographs recorded the contemporary expressions of tatau (tattoo) and told the story of the late Sulu'ape Paulo II, the preeminent figure of modern Samoan tattooing. A brilliantly innovative and often controversial man, he saw tatau as an art of international importance. Tatau documented his practice, and that of other tufuga ta tatau (tattoo artists), and interpreted it within the contexts of Polynesian tattooing, Samoan migrant communities, and New Zealand art. As in the original edition, the book is also concerned with what photographer Mark Adams has done with tatau. His images provide powerful and indeed moving records of certain times and people, some of whom have now passed on. Yet, despite their documentary nature, his images do much more than record a technique of body decoration or a scene around it. They ask tough questions of the scene and its history--questions that may inevitably remain unanswered. And, despite their virtuosity, the images exude a certain discomfort with the business of cross-cultural image making, with its histories, and with New Zealand's culture and politics. Long out-of-print, this revised and extended edition, with its handsome larger format and texts by distinguished scholars, makes a cultural treasure available once more.

La collection d'art Autochtone : oeuvres choisies 1967-2017 = The Indigenous Art Collection : selected works 1967-2017 / by Lee-Ann Martin; Viviane Gray "The Indigenous Art Collection, cared for by Crown-Indigenous Relations and Northern Affairs Canada, and located at 10 Wellington, Gatineau, Quebec, is one of the most important collections of contemporary Indigenous art in Canada. Comprising over 4,300 artworks by both prominent and emerging artists, it showcases First Nations, Inuit, and Métis expressions of their histories, cultures, and realities, both past and present. Created to celebrate the Art Centre's 50th anniversary, this stunning volume and first major monograph published by the Government of Canada about the collection, highlights the richness and the importance of Indigenous cultures and heritage as an essential part of Canadian culture."--Publisher's website.

Meteorites by Caroline Smith; Sara Russell; Natasha Almeida; Caroline Smith; Sara Russell; Natasha Almeida "A well-illustrated overview of the science and (literal) impact of these space rocks." -- Science News, on the first edition Leading experts in the field provide a compelling introduction to the space rocks that enter Earth's atmosphere at speeds ranging from 25,000 mph to 160,000 mph. Scientists estimate that about 48.5 tons of meteoritic material falls on the Earth each day. These messengers from space give us a unique insight into the nature of the material that was present when our solar system formed. Many of the specimen meteorites in this second edition were re-photographed to improve quality, and the optical microscopy shots were updated. There is also much new information on discoveries and developments in the study of meteorites, including: Meteorite falls and craters, and new information on ones previously covered Use of weather radar to detect and analyze meteorites, such as the 28,000 mph January 18, 2018, Michigan "fireball" How astrophysicists determine if a meteorite comes from Mars, and information about the Martian meteorites found to date Updated information on the results of the European Space Agency's Rosetta Mission in which a controlled impact was successfully completed into Comet 67P after investigating it with a probe for more than two years. Co-author Sara Russell, who is part of NASA's Mars program, provides the latest news about NASA's Mars programs, including the Mars Rover, which landed in 2016.

Feathered Gods and Fishhooks by Patrick Vinton Kirch; Mark D. McCoy The first edition of Feathered Gods and Fishhooks was the pioneering synthesis of ancient Hawaiian civilization from an archaeological perspective. This long-awaited revised edition now brings the field up to date, incorporating the results from hundreds of archaeological projects undertaken throughout the Hawaiian Islands over the past thirty-five years that have benefited from tremendous technological advancements, and presents an authoritative account of the origins and progression of Hawaiian culture prior to the arrival of Europeans. Generously illustrated, this revision includes dozens of new photographs and maps, along with a selection of color plates. This volume, like its predecessor, provides a synthesis of Hawaiian archaeology that avoids unnecessary jargon and is comprehensible to the interested layperson, yet is sufficiently detailed to be useful to the professional archaeologist. Feathered Gods and Fishhooks: The Archaeology of Ancient Hawai'i begins with an explanation of archaeological practice in Hawai'i, from antiquarian pursuits in the late nineteenth century through the development of modern research techniques, taking into account the recent tensions surrounding the significant shift of archaeology from a largely academic endeavor to a professional consulting enterprise. Following a review of environmental constraints and opportunities, and of the main kinds of archaeological evidence, the book explores the latest information on the first Polynesian settlement of Hawai'i. To achieve a holistic view, the wide range of topics discussed in this work include material culture, agricultural systems, population size, ritual architecture variations, diversity in landscapes, and archaeological evidence for historical transformations following European contact. The final chapters survey, island-by-island, major sites and patterns of ancient settlement. In total, this book tells a story of Hawaiian history, culture, and wisdom in an attempt to preserve ancestral archaeological records. As with the first edition, the revised Feathered Gods and Fishhooks is an indispensable resource on the history of ancient Hawai'i. Of particular note is the extensive bibliography, a key guide to hundreds of often difficult-to-locate reports and publications on Hawaiian archaeology.

Nā Hoʻonanea O Ka Manawa by John Waile Heremana Isaac Kihe; Kilika Bennett (Translator); Puakea Nogelmeier (Translator) "He mea hoomanao no na hana oia au i hala, a he mea hoi e poina ole ai i na mamo o keia la a mau aku." A memorial for the events of the past, and something to ensure that the children of today and forever more will never forget. --Kaʻohuhaʻaheoinākuahiwiʻekolu, Ka Hoku o Hawaii Nā Hoʻonanea o ka Manawa, translated as Pleasurable Pastimes, is a delightful collection of tales and descriptions of life in the northern region of Kona on the island of Hawaiʻi. These moʻolelo (stories) from the arid land known as Kekaha Wai ʻOle O Nā Kona contain the name, location, and nature of hundreds of wahi pana (storied sites) and extensive listings of moon phases, calendrics, counting methods, and plant names--all of which make this assembly a treasury of local knowledge and cultural traditions that extend far beyond the region. Beginning on September 13, 1923, a series of articles titled Na Hoonanea o ka Manawa appeared weekly in Ka Hoku o Hawaii, a Hilo-based Hawaiian-language newspaper of Hawaiʻi's territorial period, until its closure on August 28, 1924.The author of the series, J. W. H. Isaac Kihe, writing under the name Ka ʻOhu Haʻaheo I Nā Kuahiwi ʻEkolu, was a knowledgeable and prolific contributor to Ka Hoku o Hawaii. Proud of his heritage and concerned about the possible erasure of the cultural knowledge and practices of his homeland, Kihe believed that by documenting and disseminating this information through the press, he could help circumvent its loss and provide an invaluable resource for the people of his time and for generations to come. One hundred years later, this book presents the complete collection of scanned articles alongside thoughtful English translations by Kilika Bennett and Puakea Nogelmeier, as well as indexes of the named places, people, winds, rains, plants, and animals. In a time when many are looking to remember, relearn, revive, and reintegrate Native Hawaiian knowledge, traditions, and resource management practices, this republication of Kihe's work is a much-needed contribution.

Niʻihau Place Names by John R. K. Clark; Keao NeSmith (Translator) The story of Ni'ihau has been told many times by many people, but Ni'ihau Place Names adds new information to the island's history from a unique source: Hawaiian-language newspapers. From 1834 to 1948, approximately 125,000 pages of Native Hawaiian expression were printed in more than 100 different newspapers. John R. K. Clark has gathered and edited a large collection of invaluable articles that recorded daily life on Niʻihau, events and topics of interest, and the island's place names. Additionally, Keao NeSmith, a Native Hawaiian of Kaua'i and an applied linguist, translator, and researcher fluent in 'ōlelo Hawai'i, translated each passage into English. Most of these excerpts have not appeared in any other publication. Ni'ihau is unique in the state of Hawai'i because it is the only island that is entirely privately owned. In 1864, Kamehameha V, the monarch of the Kingdom of Hawai'i, sold the island to the Sinclairs, a wealthy immigrant family looking to establish a ranching business. Descendants of the Sinclairs still own the island today. Diverse opinions about the sale of Niʻihau were published in newspapers across the Hawaiian Islands, and this book traces the development and aftershocks of that historic event. Ni'ihau Place Names contains over thirty kanikau (dirges, poetic chants) written and published from 1845 to 1931 to honor deceased Niʻihau residents. These compositions of deep emotion are treasuries of language, history, genealogy, cultural knowledge, and especially place names. Another important contribution in this volume is the identification of 'ōlelo no'eau (proverbs and poetical sayings) with demonstrations of their use in everyday conversation. The book is divided into two main sections. "Ni'ihau Place Names" is an alphabetical list of prominent place names on the island, accompanied by relevant passages in Hawaiian and their English translations. The list also includes Lehua, the small island near the northwest tip of Ni'ihau. "Ni'ihau History" is an additional collection of articles that includes many lesser-known place names and elucidates other topics deemed worthy by reporters and contributors of the time. Following the main text, readers will find helpful indexes of general terms, place names, and personal names.

Nuclear Family by Joseph Han Set in the months leading up to the 2018 nuclear missile false alarm, a Korean American family living in Hawai'i faces the fallout of their eldest son's attempt to run across the Demilitarized Zone into North Korea in this "fresh, inventive, and at times, hilarious novel" (Kaui Hart Hemmings, author of The Descendants) "[A] gorgeous debut."--TIME "A richly imagined, era-straddling saga exploring several generations of a Korean American clan."--Leah Greenblatt, Entertainment Weekly Things are looking up for Mr. and Mrs. Cho. Their dream of franchising their Korean plate lunch restaurants across Hawaiʻi seems within reach after a visit from Guy Fieri boosts the profile of Cho's Delicatessen. Their daughter, Grace, is busy finishing her senior year of college and working for her parents, while her older brother, Jacob, just moved to Seoul to teach English. But when a viral video shows Jacob trying--and failing--to cross the Korean demilitarized zone, nothing can protect the family from suspicion and the restaurant from waning sales.  No one knows that Jacob has been possessed by the ghost of his lost grandfather, who feverishly wishes to cross the divide and find the family he left behind in the north. As Jacob is detained by the South Korean government, Mr. and Mrs. Cho fear their son won't ever be able to return home, and Grace gets more and more stoned as she negotiates her family's undoing. Struggling with what they don't know about themselves and one another, the Chos must confront the separations that have endured in their family for decades. Set in the months leading up to the 2018 false missile alert in Hawaiʻi, Joseph Han's profoundly funny and strikingly beautiful debut novel is an offering that aches with histories inherited and reunions missed, asking how we heal in the face of what we forget and who we remember.

Roadside Geology of Hawaii by Cheryl Gansecki; Steve Lundblad; Rick Hazlett This completely revised, full-color second edition of Roadside Geology of Hawai'i details the evolution of this volcanic island chain, from its first tumultuous appearance above the sea to ongoing eruptions, including the 2018 eruption of Kīlauea. Erosional landscapes dominate the older islands, such as Waimea Canyon on Kaua'i, enormous rounded rocks at Garden of the Gods on Lāna'i, and the highest shoreline cliff in the world on Molokai, the scarp of the Wailau landslide. Volcanoes, cinder cones, and craters dominate the younger islands, from Haleakalā Volcano on Maui and Diamond Head and Koko Craters on O'ahu to the active caldera in the Big Island's Hawai'i Volcanoes National Park. With this book as your guide, you'll discover waterfalls, lava tube caves, black sand beaches, and other world-famous geologic features around every bend in the road.

New Zealand Tattoo by Chris Hoult; Steve Forbes Tattooing is in the blood in New Zealand, and styles worn with pride here in Aotearoa are appreciated worldwide by admirers of beautiful design. Tattooing is going through a renaissance also, with a blossoming of styles and wider acceptance of wearing ink. Chris Hoult immersed himself in the Kiwi tattoo scene from for a year, and brought writer-musician Steve Forbes along for the ride. What they record in New Zealand Tattoo is the view from the studios of New Zealand now, with profiles of leading tattooists including Merv O'Connor, Gordon Hatfield, Monique Mataga and Te Rangitu Netana. Combining stunning photography and snappy text, New Zealand Tattoo is a celebration of tattooing here in its three rich traditions: Ta Moko (Maori tattoo), Tatau (Pacific Islands tattoo) and Tattoo (European and Asian forms).

21 Things You May Not Know about the Indian Act : Helping Canadians Make Reconciliation with Indigenous Peoples a Reality. by Robert P. C. Joseph A guide to understanding the Indian Act and its impact on generations of Indigenous Peoples, as well as an examination of how Indigenous Peoples can return to self-government, self-determination, and self-reliance.

From Unincorporated Territory [saina] by Craig Santos Perez With the Saina as his figurative vessel--a ship built in modern times as an exact replica of the swift outriggers designed and sailed by the Chamorro people until banned by their oppressors--Craig Santos Perez deftly navigates the complexities in his bracing exploration of the personal, historical, cultural, and natural elements of his native Guam and its people. As the title--from unincorporated territory [saina]--suggests, by understanding where we are from, we can best determine where we are going. Perez collages primary texts and oral histories of the colonial domination and abuse brought by the Spanish, the Japanese, the United States, and the capitalist entertainment/travel industry, with intimate stories of his childhood experiences on Guam, his family's immigration to the US, and the evocatively fragmentary myths of his ancestors. Resonant too in Perez's title, and throughout this work, is this poet's evocation of the unincorporated and unfathomed elements of our natures, as he seeks the means to access an expansiveness that remains inexpressible in any language. Perez is not afraid to press language beyond the territories of 'the known' as he investigates both the anguish and the possibilities that horizon as one attempts to communicate the spoken and unspoken languages of one's native people, while fully appreciating the suffering inherent in every word he will use that is pronounced in, and thus pronounces, the language of their oppressors.

From Unincorporated Territory [hacha] by Craig Santos Perez from unincorporated territory [hacha]is the first book of native Chamorro poet Craig Santos Perez's ongoing series about his homeland, the Western Pacific Island of Guåhan (Guam). Perez weaves avant-garde, eco-poetic, indigenous, documentary, multilingual, and abstract expressionist modes to tell the complex story of Guam's people, culture, history, politics, and ecologies. Since its original publication in 2008,[hacha]has received positive reviews, and it has been taught in universities throughout Asia, the Pacific, the United States, Canada, and Europe. This new and revised edition aims to bring the book to a new generation of readers.

Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry by Douglas A. Skoog; Donald M. West; F. James Holler; Stanley R. Crouch Discover the principles and practices behind analytical chemistry as you study its applications in medicine, industry and the sciences with Skoog/West/Holler/Crouch's FUNDAMENTALS OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY, 10th Edition. This award-winning author team presents the latest developments in analytical chemistry today using a reader-friendly yet systematic and thorough approach. Each chapter begins with a compelling story and stunning visuals. Dynamic photos from renowned chemistry photographer Charlie Winters capture attention while reinforcing key principles. New features highlight chemistry-related careers. You also learn how to use Excel 2019 as a problem-solving tool in analytical chemistry with new exercises, examples and a no-cost supplement by the text authors. OWLv2 online homework tool is also available to help you master the principles of analytical chemistry today.

Instrumental Analysis by Robert Granger; Hank Yochum; Jill Granger; Karl Sienerth At its core, Instrumental Analysis covers the underlying theory, instrumental design, applications, and operation of spectroscopic, electroanalytical, chromatographic, and mass spectral instrumentation. It provides students with the requisite skills to identify the comparative advantages and disadvantages in choosing one analytical technique over another by combining direct comparisons of the techniques with a discussion of how these choices affect the interpretation of the data in its final form. The text is organized into sections that include Spectroscopy and Spectrometry, Separation Science, and Electroanalytical Chemistry. Comprehensive and engaging, Instrumental Analysis provides the most modern coverage of chemical instrumentation.

Advanced Inorganic Chemistry by F. Albert Cotton "Advanced inorganic chemistry is a well-established source that students and professional chemists have turned to for the background needed to understand current research literature in inorganic chemistry and aspects of organometallic chemistry. This textbook is organized around the periodic table of elements and provides a systematic treatment of the chemistry of all chemical elements and their compounds. It incorporates important recent developments with an emphasis on advances in the interpretation of structure, bonding, and reactivity. This Indian adaptation of the book is restructured at places and offers new and updated material on chemical elements and their compounds, partiularly related to their applications. The introduction section in all the chapters has also been completely updated to reflect current developments. Some of the new topics covered include sections on nomenclature and isomerism in coordination compounds; hydres, their classificcation and applications. Useful new inclusions in the book are practice exercise comprising review questions multiple-choice questions (based on various competitive examinations) at the end of each part and appendices on IUPAC nomenclature of complexes and latimer diagram" -- Cover.over.

The Marine Environment and Biodiversity by Michael Kent

Healing the Soul Wound by Eduardo Duran; Allen E. Ivey (Foreword by) In this groundbreaking book, Eduardo Duran--a psychologist working in Indian country--draws on his own clinical experience to provide guidance to counselors working with Native Peoples and other vulnerable populations. This second edition includes an important new chapter devoted to working with veterans, examining what it means to go to war and what is required for veterans to heal. Duran also updates his thinking on research, including suggestions on how to invent a new liberation research methodology through applied story science. Translating theory into day-to-day practice, the text presents case materials that illustrate effective intervention strategies for prevalent problems, including substance abuse, intergenerational trauma, and internalized oppression. This unique resource explores theoretical Indigenous understanding of cosmology and how understanding natural law can lead us to new ways of understanding and healing the psyche. Book Features: Offers a culture-specific approach that has profound implications for all counseling, therapy, and trauma-informed care. Provides invaluable concepts and strategies that can be applied directly to practice. Outlines very different ways of serving American Indian clients, translating Western metaphor into Indigenous ideas that make sense to Native People. Presents a model in which patients have a relationship with the problems they are having, whether these are physical, mental, or spiritual. This model can be used with any population dealing with the legacy of trauma and with all individuals who present symptoms and complications resulting from trauma. Includes a section in each chapter to help non-American Indian counselors generalize the concepts presented to use in their own practice in culturally sensitive ways.

Forensic Chemistry Third Edition by Suzanne Bell Forensic Chemistry, Third Edition, the new edition of this ground-breaking book, continues to serve as the leading forensic chemistry text on the market. Fully updated, this edition describes the latest advances in current forensic chemistry analysis and practice. New and expanded coverage includes rapid advances in forensic mass spectrometry, NMR, and novel psychoactive substances (NPSs). Topics related to seized drug analysis, toxicology, combustion and fire investigation, explosives, and firearms discharge residue are described and illustrated with case studies. The role of statistics, quality assurance/quality control, uncertainty, and metrology are integrated into all topics. More pharmacological and toxicokinetic calculations are presented and discussed. Hundreds of color figures, nearly 450 total, along with graphs, illustrations, worked example problems, and case descriptions are used to show how analytical chemistry is applied to forensic practice. Coverage offer students insight into the legal context in which forensic chemistry is conducted and introduces them to the sample types and sample matrices frequently encountered in forensic laboratories.

Blackouts by Justin Torres Winner of the National Book Award for Fiction Longlisted for the National Book Critics Circle Award for Fiction A Best Book of the Year: The New York Times Book Review, NPR, The Washington Post, Time, BookPage, The New York Public Library, Powell's A Must-Read: Los Angeles Times, Chicago Tribune, The Guardian, Boston Herald, Literary Hub, The Rumpus, The Bay Area Reporter, Datebook, Electric Literature, The Stacks, Them, Publishers Weekly "Sweeping, ingenious . . . A kiss to build a dream on." --Maureen Corrigan, NPR's Fresh Air From the bestselling author of We the Animals, Blackouts mines lost histories--personal and collective. Out in the desert in a place called the Palace, a young man tends to a dying soul, someone he once knew briefly but who has haunted the edges of his life: Juan Gay. Playful raconteur, child lost and found and lost, guardian of the institutionalized, Juan has a project to pass along, one built around a true artifact of a book--Sex Variants: A Study of Homosexual Patterns--and its devastating history. This book contains accounts collected in the early twentieth century from queer subjects by a queer researcher, Jan Gay, whose groundbreaking work was then co-opted by a committee, her name buried. The voices of these subjects have been filtered, muted, but it is possible to hear them from within and beyond the text, which, in Juan's tattered volumes, has been redacted with black marker on nearly every page. As Juan waits for his end, he and the narrator recount for each other moments of joy and oblivion; they resurrect loves, lives, mothers, fathers, minor heroes. In telling their own stories and the story of the book, they resist the ravages of memory and time. The past is with us, beside us, ahead of us; what are we to create from its gaps and erasures? A book about storytelling--its legacies, dangers, delights, and potential for change--and a bold exploration of form, art, and love, Justin Torres's Blackouts uses fiction to see through the inventions of history and narrative. A marvel of creative imagination, it draws on testimony, photographs, illustrations, and a range of influences as it insists that we look long and steadily at what we have inherited and what we have made--a world full of ghostly shadows and flashing moments of truth. A reclamation of ransacked history, a celebration of defiance, and a transformative encounter, Blackouts mines the stories that have been kept from us and brings them into the light.